Puritan Bennett 560 302188388-Service-Manual PDF

Clinician’s Manual
TM
Puritan Bennett
560 Ventilator
Copyright information
COVIDIEN, COVIDIEN with logo, the Covidien logo and positive results for
life are U.S. and/or internationally registered trademarks of Covidien AG.
All other brands are trademarks of a Covidien company.
© 2012 Covidien.
The information contained in this manual is the sole property of Covidien
and may not be duplicated without permission. This manual may be revised
or replaced by Covidien at any time and without notice. You should ensure
that you have the most current applicable version of this manual; if in
doubt, contact Covidien's Technical Support department or visit the
Puritan Bennett™ product manual web page at:
http://www.puritanbennett.com/serv/manuals.aspx
While the information set forth herein is believed to be accurate, it is not a
substitute for the exercise of professional judgment.
The ventilator should be operated and serviced only by trained
professionals. Covidien’s sole responsibility with respect to the ventilator,
and its use, is as stated in the limited warranty provided.
Nothing in this manual shall limit or restrict in any way Covidien’s right to
revise or otherwise change or modify the equipment (including its software)
described herein, without notice. In the absence of an express, written
agreement to the contrary, Covidien has no obligation to furnish any such
revisions, changes, or modifications to the owner or user of the equipment
(including its software) described herein.
To obtain information about a warranty, if any, contact Covidien Technical Services at

1.800.635.5267 or your local representative.
Purchase of this instrument confers no express or implied license under any Covidien patent
to use the instrument with any ventilator that is not manufactured or licensed by Covidien.
Contents
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
1 Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–1

1.1 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–1
1.2 Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–1
1.3 Symbols and Markings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–10
1.4 Labels / Identification and Instruction Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–14
2 Ventilator Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–1

2.1 Indications for Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–1
2.2 Contraindications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–2
2.3 Operational Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–2
2.4 Device Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–3
2.5 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–4
2.6 Back Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–5
2.7 Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–6
2.8 Ventilation Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–7
2.9 Alarm Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–8
2.10 Waveforms Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–9
2.11 USB Memory Device Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–10
2.12 If Ventilator Failure Occurs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–10
3 Operating Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–1
3.1 PSV Mode Parameters and Setting Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–1
3.2 CPAP Mode Parameters and Setting Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–7
3.3 P A/C Mode Parameters and Setting Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–9
3.4 V A/C Mode Parameters and Setting Ranges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–14
3.5 P SIMV Mode Parameters and Setting Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–18
3.6 V SIMV Mode Parameters and Setting Ranges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–23
3.7 FIO2 For Various Oxygen and Ventilator Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–29
4 Monitored Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–1

4.1 Digital Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–1
4.2 Bargraph Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–6
4.3 Waveform Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–6
4.4 Ventilation Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–7
5 Alarms and Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–1

5.1 Alarm Level of Priority. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–1
5.2 Alarm Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–2
5.3 Alarm Logs Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–3
5.4 Silencing the Audible Portion of Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–4
5.5 Pausing/Resetting Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–5
5.6 Re-activating Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–6
5.7 Overview of Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–7
5.8 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–13
5.8.1 Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–13
5.8.2 Additional Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–24
Clinician’s Manual i
Contents
6 Installation and Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–1

6.1 Installing the Ventilator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–1
6.2 Connecting to External AC Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–2
6.3 Connecting to an External DC Power Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–4
6.4 Patient Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–6
6.4.1 Choosing the Patient Circuit Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–6
6.4.2 Installing the Patient Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–7
6.5 Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–10
6.6 Humidifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–12
6.7 Exhalation Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–13
6.8 Oxygen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–14
6.8.1 Administering Oxygen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–14
6.8.2 Connecting the Oxygen Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–14
6.8.3 Connecting the FIO2 sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–17
6.9 Mounting the Ventilator on a Wheelchair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–18
6.10 Mounting the Ventilator on the Utility Cart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–19
6.11 Connecting the Nurse Call Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–20
7 Operating Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–1

7.1 Turning on the Ventilator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–1
7.2 Setup Menu Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–3
7.2.1 Accessing Setup Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–3
7.2.2 Changing the Setup Menu Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–4
7.2.3 Exiting the Setup Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–9
7.3 Preferences Menu Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–10
7.3.1 Preferences Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–10
7.3.2 Backlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–11
7.3.3 Contrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–12
7.3.4 Alarm Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–13
7.3.5 Key Sound. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–13
7.3.6 Apnea Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–14
7.3.7 Disconnection Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–15
7.3.8 Waveforms Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–15
7.3.9 Pediatric Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–15
7.3.10 Ventilation Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–16
7.4 Setting the Ventilation Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–16
7.4.1 Changing Modes While Ventilation is on Standby . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–17
7.4.2 Changing Modes During Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–17
7.5 Setting Ventilation Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–20
7.5.1 Links between Ventilation Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–21
7.5.2 Links between Ventilation and Alarm Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–21
7.6 Setting Alarm Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–22
7.7 USB Menu Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–24
7.7.1 USB Memory Device Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–24
7.7.2 USB Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–24
7.7.3 Transfer Continuously . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–25
7.7.4 Transfer Trends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–26
7.7.5 Erase Data from the USB Memory Device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–27
7.8 Locking the Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–28
7.9 Unlocking the Control Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–29
ii Clinician’s Manual
Contents
7.10 Starting Ventilation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–29

7.11 Stopping Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–30
7.12 Turning Off the Ventilator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–31
8 Internal Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–1

8.1 Battery Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–1
8.2 Battery Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–2
8.3 Testing the Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–4
8.4 Recharging the Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–4
8.5 Storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–5
9 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–1
9.1 Cleaning the Ventilator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–1
9.2 Cleaning the Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–2
9.3 Cleaning the Exhalation Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–2
10 Routine Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10–1

10.1 Calibrating the Exhalation Flow Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10–1
10.2 Calibrating the FIO2 sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10–4
10.3 Replacing the Air Inlet Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10–6
10.4 Recommended Schedule of Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10–7
10.5 Service Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10–8
A Patient/Caregiver Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–1
B Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B–1
B.1 Physical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B–1
B.2 Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B–1
B.3 Indicators and Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B–3
B.4 Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B–3
B.4.1 Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B–3
B.5 Monitored Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B–3
B.6 Range, Resolution, and Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B–4
B.7 Environmental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B–8
B.8 USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B–8
B.9 Pneumatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B–9
B.10 Manufacturer’s Declaration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B–10
B.11 Standards Compliance and IEC Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B–14
C Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C–1

C.1 Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C–1
C.2 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C–1
D Modes and Breath Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–1

D.1 Modes of Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–1
D.1.1 Assist/Control (A/C) Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–1
D.1.2 SIMV Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–1
D.1.3 CPAP Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–1
D.1.4 PSV Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–1
D.2 Breath Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–2
Clinician’s Manual iii

Contents
D.2.1 Volume Breaths in Assist/Control Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–2

D.2.2 Pressure Control Breaths in Assist/Control Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–3
D.2.3 Volume Breaths in V SIMV Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–4
D.2.4 Pressure Supported Breaths in SIMV and PSV Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–5
D.2.5 CPAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–6
D.3 Ventilation Modes and Apnea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–6
E Operational Verification Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E–1
F Alarms Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F–1

F.1 Low Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F–1
F.2 Apnea Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F–2
F.3 Power Failure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F–2
F.4 Occlusion Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F–2
F.5 High Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F–3
F.6 Testing the Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F–4
F.7 Involuntary Stop Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F–4
G Unpacking and Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G–1
H Parts and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H–1
I Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I–1
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Index–1
iv Clinician’s Manual
Figures
Figure 1-1. Locations of Labels – Top-Front View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–15

Figure 1-2. Locations of Labels – Front-Left View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–16
Figure 1-3. Location of Labels and Markings – Rear View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–16
Figure 1-4. Location of Labels – Bottom View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–17
Figure 2-1. Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–4
Figure 2-2. Back Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–5
Figure 2-3. Control Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–6
Figure 2-4. Ventilation Menu Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–7
Figure 2-5. Alarm Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–8
Figure 2-6. Waveforms Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–9
Figure 2-7. USB Memory Device Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–10
Figure 3-1. Menus in PSV Mode with exhalation valve configuration . . . . . . . . . . 3–1
Figure 3-2. Menus in PSV Mode with leakage configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–1
Figure 3-3. Exhalation Trigger Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–4
Figure 3-4. Menus in CPAP Mode in leakage configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–7
Figure 3-5. Menus in P A/C Mode with exhalation valve configuration . . . . . . . . . 3–9
Figure 3-6. Menus in P A/C Mode with leakage configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–9
Figure 3-7. Menus in the V A/C Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–14
Figure 3-8. Menus in P SIMV Ventilation Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–18
Figure 3-9. Exhalation trigger sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–21
Figure 3-10. Menus in V SIMV Ventilation Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–23
Figure 3-11. Exhalation trigger sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–27
Figure 4-1. Ventilation Menu: Pressure Leakage Configuration Modes (CPAP,
PSV S, PSV ST, PCV, P A/C). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–1
Figure 4-2. Ventilation Menu: Pressure Valve Configuration Modes (PSV S, PSV ST, PCV,
P A/C) 4–1
Figure 4-3. Ventilation Menu: Volume Mode (CV, V A/C, SIMV). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–2
Figure 4-4. Alarm Menu: Pressure Leakage Modes (CPAP, PSV S, PSV ST, PCV,
P A/C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–2
Figure 4-5. Alarm Menu: Pressure Valve Modes (PSV S, PSV ST, PCV, P A/C) . . . . 4–2
Figure 4-6. Alarm Menu: Volume Modes (CV, V A/C, SIMV). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–2
Figure 4-7. Waveform Menu: Pressure Leakage Modes (CPAP, PSV S, PSV ST,
PCV, P A/C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–3
Figure 4-8. Waveform Menu: Pressure Valve Modes (PSV S, PSV ST, PCV, P A/C) . 4–3
Figure 4-9. Waveform Menu: Volume Mode (CV, V A/C, SIMV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–3
Figure 4-10. Monitored Parameter Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–3
Figure 4-11. Display Showing Unavailable Parameter Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–4
Figure 4-12. Inspiratory Effort Detected Indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–4
Figure 4-13. Bargraph Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–6
Figure 4-14. Waveform Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–6
Figure 4-15. Ventilation Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–7
Figure 5-1. Alarm Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–2
Figure 5-2. Accessing Alarm Logs Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–3
Figure 5-3. Displaying the Alarm Logs Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–3
Clinician’s Manual v
Figures
Figure 5-4. Alarm Logs Display when No Alarm Activated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–3

Figure 5-5. Silencing the Audible Portion of Alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–4
Figure 5-6. Manually Pausing Alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–5
Figure 5-7. Reactivating Alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–6
Figure 5-8. Alarm Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–6
Figure 6-1. The Power Cable Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–2
Figure 6-2. Inserting the Power Cable Holder Into the Notch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–3
Figure 6-3. Power Cable Connected to the Ventilator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–3
Figure 6-4. Power Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–4
Figure 6-5. Connecting the Ventilator to an External DC Power Source . . . . . . . . 6–5
Figure 6-6. Connecting the DC Power Cable to the Ventilator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–5
Figure 6-7. Single Limb Patient Circuit With Exhalation Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–7
Figure 6-8. Double Limb Patient Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–8
Figure 6-9. Close-up of Exhalation Valve Tube and Proximal Pressure Tube . . . . . 6–9
Figure 6-10. Single limb Patient Circuit Without Exhalation Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–9
Figure 6-11. Air Inlet Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–11
Figure 6-12. Bacteria Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–11
Figure 6-13. Humidifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–12
Figure 6-14. Removing the Exhalation Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–13
Figure 6-15. Rear Panel Oxygen Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–15
Figure 6-16. Connecting the Oxygen Supply System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–15
Figure 6-17. Disconnecting the Oxygen Supply System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–16
Figure 6-18. Connecting the FIO2 sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–17
Figure 6-19. Using the Dual Bag Accessory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–18
Figure 6-20. Connecting the Nurse Call Cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–20
Figure 7-1. Turning on the Ventilator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–2
Figure 7-2. Welcome Menu Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–2
Figure 7-3. Ventilation Menu Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–3
Figure 7-4. Setup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–3
Figure 7-5. Absolute and Relative Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–6
Figure 7-6. E Sens Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–7
Figure 7-7. Resetting Patient Hours to Zero (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–8
Figure 7-11. Selecting the Preferences Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–10
Figure 7-12. Changing Settings in the Preferences Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–10
Figure 7-13. Setting the Apnea Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–14
Figure 7-14. Accessing the Ventilation Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–16
Figure 7-15. Changing Ventilation Modes While on Standby. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–17
Figure 7-16. Changing Ventilation Modes During Ventilation (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–17
Figure 7-20. Modifying a Ventilation Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–20
Figure 7-21. Setting Links Between Ventilation Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–21
vi Clinician’s Manual
Figures
Figure 7-22. Modifying Alarm Parameters – Min Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–22

Figure 7-23. Modifying Alarm Parameters – Max Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–23
Figure 7-24. Selecting the USB Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–24
Figure 7-25. Selecting Transfer Continuously . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–25
Figure 7-26. Selecting Transfer Trends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–26
Figure 7-27. Erasing Data from the USB Memory Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–27
Figure 7-28. Installing the Locking Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–28
Figure 7-29. Prompt to Start Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–29
Figure 7-30. Starting Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–30
Figure 7-31. Stopping Ventilation (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–30
Figure 7-32. Stopping Ventilation (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–31
Figure 8-1. Internal Battery Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–3
Figure 8-2. Battery Reserve Capacity as a Percentage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–3
Figure 8-3. Battery Reserve Capacity in Hours and Minutes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–3
Figure 8-4. Power Indicators When Charging the Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–5
Figure 10-1. Blocking the Patient Wye (Double-Limb Circuit Shown) . . . . . . . . . . 10–1
Figure 10-2. Calibrating the Exhalation Flow Sensor (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10–2
Figure 10-5. Calibrating the FIO2 sensor (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10–4
Figure 10-6. Calibrating the FIO2 Sensor (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10–4
Figure 10-9. Replacing the Air Inlet filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10–6
Figure C-1. Gas Delivery System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C–2
Figure F-1. Blocking the Patient End of a Single Limb Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F–3
Figure G-1. Puritan Bennett™ 560 Ventilator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G–2
Figure G-2. Dual Bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G–2
Clinician’s Manual vii

This page intentionally blank.
viii Clinician’s Manual

Tables
Table 1-1. Ventilator Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–10

Table 1-2. Ventilator Labels and Markings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–14
Table 3-1. Ventilation Parameters in PSV Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–2
Table 3-2. Alarm Parameters in PSV Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–2
Table 3-3. Ventilation Parameters in CPAP Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–7
Table 3-4. Alarm Parameters in CPAP Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–7
Table 3-5. Ventilation Parameters in P A/C Mode Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–10
Table 3-6. Alarm Parameters in P A/C Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–10
Table 3-7. Ventilation Parameters in V A/C Ventilation Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–14
Table 3-8. V A/C Mode Alarm Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–14
Table 3-9. Ventilation Parameters in P SIMV Ventilation Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–18
Table 3-10. Alarm Parameters in P SIMV Ventilation Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–19
Table 3-11. Ventilation Parameters in V SIMV Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–23
Table 3-12. Alarm Parameters in the V SIMV Mode Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–24
Table 4-1. Displayed Monitored Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–4
Table 5-1. Overview of Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–7
Table 5-2. Alarms and Corrective Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–14
Table 5-3. Additional Troubleshooting and Corrective Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–24
Table 7-1. Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–5
Table 7-2. USB Memory Device Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–24
Table 7-3. Time taken to transfer trends data from the ventilator to a USB memory
device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–27
Table 8-1. Internal Battery Reserve Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–2
Table 9-1. Approved Cleaning Solutions for Exterior Ventilator Surfaces . . . . . . 9–2
Table 10-1. Consumables and Replacement Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10–7
Table A-1. Patient/Caregiver Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–1
Table B-1. Physical Description (Excluding Accessories) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B–1
Table B-2. AC Electrical Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B–1
Table B-3. Internal Lithium Ion Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B–2
Table B-4. Remote Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B–2
Table B-5. Power Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B–3
Table B-6. Alarm Indicators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B–3
Table B-7. Audio Alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B–3
Table B-8. Performance Parameter Specifications and Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . B–3
Table B-9. Monitored Parameter Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B–3
Table B-10. Ventilator Range, Resolution, and Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B–4
Table B-11. Environmental Conditions for Storage or Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B–8
Table B-12. Environmental Conditions for Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B–8
Table B-13. USB Memory Device Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B–8
Table B-14. Data Transfer Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B–8
Table B-15. Airway Resistances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B–9
Table B-16. Patient Circuit Resistances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B–9
Table B-17. Air Inlet Resistance (Filter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B–9
Table B-18. Oxygen Inlet Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B–9
Clinician’s Manual ix
Tables
Table B-19. Performance Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B–9

Table B-20. Electromagnetic Emissions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B–10
Table B-21. Electromagnetic Immunity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B–11
Table B-22. Electromagnetic Immunity – Conducted and Radiated RF . . . . . . . . B–12
Table B-23. Recommended Separation Distances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B–13
Table B-24. Compliant Cables and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B–14
Table E-1. Operational Verification Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E–1
Table H-1. List of Consumables and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H–1
Table H-2. List of Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H–2
x Clinician’s Manual
Preface
Purpose of This Manual

This manual contains important information regarding the safe operation of your Puritan Bennett™
560 Ventilator. Your ventilator is an electrical device that can provide years of useful service with
the proper care, as described in this manual.
Ensure that you read and understand the instructions contained in this manual before operating
the ventilator.
Warning
Before operating the ventilator, read, understand, and strictly follow the information contained
in Chapter 1, “Safety Information”.
Qualification of Personnel
Installation and maintenance of the device must be made by authorised and trained personnel. In
particular, training for the handling of products sensitive to electrostatic discharges must include
the use of Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) protection devices and knowledge of the following
symbol’s meaning: , as well as using original spare parts and respecting quality assurance and
traceability rules approved by Covidien.
Warranty
Information regarding your product warranty is available from your sales representative or
Covidien.
Extended Service
The Puritan Bennett 560 Ventilator offers extended service contracts/warranties for purchase when
the ventilator is purchased. Please contact your local Covidien Sales or Service Representative for
additional information.
For online technical support, visit the SolvITSM

Center Knowledge Base by clicking the link at
http://www.covidien.com. Here, you will find
answers to frequently asked questions about the
product and other Covidien products 24 hours a
day, 7 days a week. If you require further
assistance, contact your local Covidien
representative.
Preface
Technical Support
Technical Service Contacts:

Covidien Argentina Covidien Australia Covidien Austria GmbH
Aguero 351 52A Huntingwood Drive Campus21
Capital Federal - 1171 ABC, Huntingwood, NSW 2148 Europaring F09402
Argentina Australia Brunn am Gebrige
Tel: (5411) 4863-5300 Telephone (+61) 1800 350702 A-2345 Österreich
Fax: (5411) 4863-4142 Fax +612 9671 8118 +43 223 637 88 39
+43 223 637 88 39 40
Covidien Belgie S.A.-N.V. Covidien Brazil Covidien Canada
Generaal De Wittelaan 9/5 Av. Nações Undias 23013-A 19600 Clark Graham
Mechelen Vila Almeida Baie d'Urfe, QC, H9X 3R8
2800 São Paulo, SP Canada
België Brasil 04795-100 Tel:1-514-695-1220, Ext.4004
Tel +32 152 981 37 Tel: (5511) 5683-8300 Fax: 1-514-695-4965
Fax +32 152 167 83 Fax: (5511) 5683-8349
Covidien Chile Covidien Colombia Covidien Costa Rica
Rosario Norte 530, Piso 12 Edificio Prados de la Morea La Uruca 75 Metros al Oseste de
Las Condes Carretera Central Del Norte Faco
Santiago de Chile, Chile (Cra 7a) Kilometro 18, Oficentro La Virgen, Edificio "I"
Tel: (562) 231-3411 Chia-Cundinamarca San Jose, Costa Rica
Fax: (562) 231-3527 Bogota, Colombia Tel: (506) 256-1170
Tel: (571) 619-5469 Fax: (506) 256-1185
Fax: (571) 619-5425 Fax: (506) 290-8173
Covidien Czech Republic Covidien Danmark A/S Covidien Deutschland GmbH
Vyskocilova 1410/1 Langebrogade 6E, 4. sal Technisches Service Center
140 00 1411 København K Raffineriestr. 18
Praha Danmark 93333 Neustadt / Donau
Ceska Republika Tel +45 702 753 50 Germany
Tel +42 024 109 57 35 Fax:+45 702 756 50 Tel + 49 944 595 93 80
Fax + 42 02 3900 0437 Fax + 49 944 595 93 65
Covidien ECE Covidien Finland Oy Covidien France SA
Galvaniho 7/a Läkkisepäntie 23 Parc d’affaires Technopolis
821 04 Bratislava 00620 Helsinki Bat. Sigma, 3 Avenue du
Slovenska Republika Finland Canada
Tel +42 124 821 45 73 Te. +35 896 226 84 10 LP 851 Les Ulis
Fax +42 124 821 45 01 Fax +35 896 226 84 11 91975 Courtaboeuf Cedex
France
Tel +33 169 821 400
Fax +33 169 821 532
Covidien Hellas SA Covidien Hungary Covidien Ireland Commercial
8 Fragoklisias Street 1095 Budapest Ltd
Maroussi, 151 25 Mariassy u. 7 Block G, Ground Floor,
Greece Magyarorszag Cherrywood Technology Park,
Tel +30 211 180 36 00 Hungary Loughlinstown
Fax +30 210 614 63 80 Tel + 36 1880 7975 County Dublin
Fax + 36 1777 4932 Ireland
Tel +353 1 4381613
xii Clinician’s Manual

Preface
Technical Service Contacts:

Covidien Israel Covidien Italia S.p.A. Covidien Japan Inc.
5 Shacham St. Via Rivoltana 2/D Technical Support Center
North Industrial Park 20090 Segrate 83-1, Takashimadaira 1-Chome
Caesarea Italy Itabashi-ku, Tokyo 175-0082
38900 Israel Tel +39 027 031 72 61 Japan
Tel +97 246 277 388 Fax +39 027 031 72 84 Tel: +81 (0) 3 6859 0120
Fax+97 266 277 688 Fax: +81 (0) 3 6859 0142
Covidien Mexico Covidien Nederland BV Covidien Norge AS
Calz.Ermita Iztapalapa 1514 Hogeweg 105 Postboks 343
Col. Barrio San Miguel 5301 LL Zaltbommel 1372 Asker.
Del. Iztapalapa Nederland Norway
Mexico, D.F. 09360 Mexico Tel +31 41 857 66 68 Tel +47 668 522 22
Tel: (5255) 5804-1524 Fax +31 41 857 67 96 Fax +47 668 522 23
Fax: (5255) 5685-1899
Covidien Panama Covidien Polska Covidien Portugal Lda.
Parque Industrial Costa del Esta Al. Jerozolimskie 162 Estrada do Outeiro de Polima,
Calle Primera, Edifio # 109 Warszawa. 02-342 Lote 10-1° Abóboda
Panama City, Panama Polska 2785-521 S.Domingos de Rana
Tel: (507) 264-7337 Tel +48 223 122 130 Portugal
Fax: (507) 236-7408 Fax +48 223 122 020 Tel +35 121 448 10 36
Fax +35 121 445 1082
Covidien Puerto Rico Covidien Russia Covidien Saglik A.S.
Palmas Industrial Park 53 bld. 5 Dubininskaya Street Maslak Mahallesi Bilim Sokak
Road 869 Km 2.0 Bdlg. #1 Moscow No: 5, Sun Plaza Kat: 2-3
Cataño, PR 00962 RUSSIA. 119054 Poccии Sisli, Istanbul 34398
Tel. 787-993-7250 Tel +70 495 933 64 69 Turkey
Ext. 7222 & 7221 Fax +70 495 933 64 68 Tel +90 212 366 20 00
Fax 787-993-7234 Fax +90 212 276 35 25
Covidien South Africa Covidien Spain S.L. Covidien Sverige AB
Corporate Park North c/Fructuós Gelabert Box 54
379 Roan Crescent 6, pl. Sótano 171 74 Solna
Randjespark 08970 Sant Joan Despí Sweden
Midrand, South Africa Barcelona, Spain Tel +46 858 56 05 00
Tel +27 115 429 500 Tel +34 93 475 86 69 Fax + 46 858 56 05 29
Fax +27 115 429 547 Fax +34 93 373 87 10
Covidien Switzerland Covidien UK & Ireland Covidien Singapore
Roosstr. 53 Unit 2, Talisman Business Park Singapore Regional Service
Wollerau London Road, Bicester Centre
8832 OX26 6HR, United Kingdom 15 Pioneer Hub, #06-04
Schweiz Tel +44(0)1869 328092 Singapore 627753
Tel +41 17865050 Fax +44(0)1869 327585 Tel (65) 6578 5187 / 8 / 9
Fax +41 17865010 Fax (65)6515 5260.
Email:
Tech_support@covidien.com
Clinician’s Manual xiii

xiv Clinician’s Manual

1 Safety Information
1.1 Definitions
This manual uses three indicators to highlight critical information: Warning, Caution, and Note.
They are defined as follows:
Warning
Indicates a condition that can endanger the patient or the ventilator operator.
Warning
Caution
Indicates a condition that can damage the equipment.
Note:
Indicates points of particular emphasis that make operation of the ventilator more efficient or convenient.
It is essential to read, understand and follow these instructions before using the Puritan Bennett™
560 Ventilator.
In order to use the ventilator correctly and efficiently and to help prevent incidents, please pay
particular attention to section 1.2, “Warnings”, as well as all warnings and cautions contained
throughout this manual.
1.2 Warnings
General Warnings Regarding Use

• The ventilator must be used only under the responsibility and on the prescription of a doctor.
• The ventilator must be used according to its intended use. Refer to section 2.1, “Indications for
Use”.
• Be aware this manual describes how to respond to ventilator, but it does NOT tell you how to
respond to the patient.
• While the ventilator is in use, an alternative means of ventilation should always be available in
the event of a ventilator problem. This is particularly true for ventilator-dependent patients.
Supplementary observation, appropriate for the patient's condition, is also recommended.
• To ensure that ventilation continues uninterrupted, ensure alternative power sources are
available (AC power source, extra batteries, or an auxiliary DC car adapter). Be prepared for the
possibility of power failure by having an alternative means of ventilation ready for use –
particularly for ventilator-dependent patients.
• Do not allow a patient to remain connected to the ventilator when ventilation is stopped,
because a substantial quantity of exhalation gas, primarily carbon dioxide, may be inhaled by
the patient. In some circumstances, inhaling carbon dioxide may lead to under-ventilation,
suffocation, and serious injury or death.
Safety Information
• The ventilator must not be used with flammable anesthetic substances.
• Do not start ventilation until you ensure that the device is suitably assembled, that the air inlet
filter is properly installed and is not obstructed, and that there is proper clearance all around the
unit. Also ensure that the patient circuit is suitably connected to both the ventilator and the
patient and that the patient circuit, including all hoses, is not damaged or obstructed.
• A ventilator-dependent patient should always be monitored by trained and competent medical

personnel. Ensure that the patient’s caregiver is able and prepared to take suitable action in the
event the ventilator identifies an alarmed condition or experiences a problem.
• Do not use a patient circuit with a leak accessory for ventilator-dependent patients.
• Before dispensing the ventilator to caregivers or the patient for home use, ensure the Locking
Key is activated so that critical ventilator settings are not modified.
• Do not perform ventilator alarm tests while the patient is connected to the ventilator. Provide
the patient with an alternate means of ventilation before conducting these tests.
• Verify the functionality of the alarm conditions before connecting the patient to the ventilator.
Refer to chapter F, “Alarms Tests”.
• If the ventilator fails the alarm tests or if you cannot complete the tests, refer to chapter 5.8,
“Troubleshooting” or call your equipment supplier or Covidien.
• When an alarm condition is triggered, or there is evidence of a patient-ventilator fault or

problem, examine the patient first before examining the ventilator.
• A continuous alarm condition will be activated if the ventilator power switch is turned off while
ventilation is in progress. When the power switch is turned back on again, ventilation will
resume without having to press the VENTILATION ON/OFF button.
• To reduce the risk of infection, wash your hands thoroughly before and after handling the
ventilator or its accessories.
• A patient treated by mechanical ventilation is highly vulnerable to the risks of infection. Dirty or
contaminated equipment is a potential source of infection. Clean the ventilator and its
accessories regularly and systematically before and after each use and following any
maintenance procedure to reduce the risks of infection. The use of a bacterial filter at the
ventilator’s outlet – or both ports if a double-limb circuit is used – is recommended. Refer to
chapter 9, “Cleaning”.
• Handle the ventilator with care during and after use, particularly when ambient temperatures
are high. Some ventilator surfaces may become hot, even if safety specifications are not
exceeded.
Warnings Regarding Installation and Environment of Use

• Even though the Puritan Bennett™ 560 Ventilator meets current safety standards, the internal
Lithium-ion battery of the device exceeds the 100Wh threshold and is therefore considered to be
Dangerous Goods (DG) Class 9 – Miscellaneous, when transported in commerce. As such, the
Puritan Bennett 560 Ventilator and/or the associated Lithium-ion battery are subject to strict
transport conditions under the Dangerous Goods Regulation for air transport (IATA: International
Air Transport Association), International Maritime Dangerous Goods code for sea and the
European Agreement concerning the International Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Road (ADR)
for Europe. Private individuals who transport the device are excluded from these regulations
although for air transport some requirements apply. For air transport; the Puritan Bennett 560
Ventilator is permitted as checked-in or carry-on baggage. Two spare batteries per person may be
taken on board as carry-on luggage only, with the prior approval of the airline. This classification
and regulatory requirements may vary depending upon the country and mode of transport.
Therefore it is recommended that users verify with the carrier / airline as to which measures to
take before the voyage.
• To minimise the risk of damage, you must use the ventilator’s Dual Bag to transport the
ventilator. See Table H-1, List of Consumables and Accessories.
• Regularly clean the ventilator’s Dual Bag according to manufacturer’s recommendations.
1-2 Clinician’s Manual

Safety Information
• The ventilator should never be immersed in any liquid, and any liquid on the surface of the
device should be wiped away immediately.
• To avoid damage to the ventilator, in particular the batteries or electrical components, fluids
must not be allowed to enter the device, particularly through the air inlet filter or the cooling
apertures located in the side, rear, and bottom panels of the ventilator.
• To ensure correct and lasting operation of the device, ensure that the ventilator is installed and
operated in the environmental conditions recommended in Appendix B, “Specifications”.
• Do not leave power cables lying on the ground where they may pose a hazard.
• Do not operate the ventilator in direct sunlight, near heat sources, outdoors, or near installations
where liquid may pose a risk without first providing adequate protection for the device.
• Avoid using the ventilator, if possible, in dusty environments. Dusty environments may require
more vigilant monitoring, cleaning, and/or replacement of air intake and other filters.
• Ensure that the ventilator’s immediate surroundings allow for the proper operational connection
of the device without folding, pinching, or damaging any of the required cables or tubes, and
that the connection of the to the patient provides for a secure, comfortable fit.
• Place the ventilator in a safe place when ventilating and according to the recommendations in
this manual.
• Do not place the ventilator in a position where a child can reach it or in any position that might
cause it to fall on the patient or someone else.
• To ensure correct and lasting operation of the ventilator, ensure that its air circulation holes
(main inlet or cooling) are never obstructed. Place the device in an area where air can freely
circulate around the ventilator and avoid installing it near floating fabrics, such as curtains.
• If the ventilator has been transported or stored at a temperature that differs more than ± 20 °C
(± 36 °F) from the temperature in which it will be operating, the ventilator should be allowed to
stabilise in its operating environment for at least two (2) hours prior to use.
• If the ambient temperature where the device is operated is greater than 35 °C (95 °F), the flow
supplied at the device outlet may exceed 41 °C (106 °F). This may lead to undesirable side effects
for the patient. To avoid injury to the patient move the patient and the ventilator to a cooler
location. For more information, contact Covidien.
• The default setting for altitude compensation is YES. Altitude compensation should always be
set to YES for accurate volume delivery calculations at all elevations.
• To reduce the risk of a fire hazard, keep matches, lighted cigarettes, and all other sources of
ignition (such as flammable anesthetics and/or heaters) away from the ventilator and oxygen
hoses.
• Regularly check the cleanliness of the air inlet filter located on the rear of the ventilator. If
necessary, replace the filter before the recommended replacement period is over (see chapter 10,
“Routine Maintenance”). This is particularly important when the ventilator is installed on a
wheelchair, because environmental conditions may cause the filter to become dirty more rapidly.
• Handle the ventilator with care during and after use, particularly when ambient temperatures
are high. Some ventilator surfaces may become hot, even if safety specifications are not
exceeded.
Warnings Regarding Electrical Power Supplies

• Never connect your ventilator to an electrical outlet controlled by a wall switch because the
power may be inadvertently turned off.
• The operator should connect the ventilator to an AC power source whenever available, for safer
operation.
• The maximum recommended shelf life of the internal battery is two (2) years. Do not use a
battery that has been stored for two years prior to its first use.
Clinician’s Manual 1-3

Safety Information
• Periodic recharging is important to help maximize useful life of the battery. Do not store the
internal battery for extended periods, without recharging, as this may reduce the maximum life.
• For the AC (“mains”) power cable to be properly secured, the attachment located on the power
cable must be fitted into the power cable holder incorporated in the battery access cover and
located under the AC (mains) power socket. Refer to section 6.2, “Connecting to External AC
Power”.
• The power supply to which the ventilator is connected (both AC and DC) must comply with all
applicable standards and provide electrical power corresponding to the voltage characteristics
inscribed on the rear of the ventilator to ensure correct operation. Refer also to the electrical
specifications found in Appendix B, “Specifications”.
• Ensure that the ventilator’s internal battery is fully charged before connecting the ventilator to
an external DC power source. Powering the ventilator using an external 12– 30 VDC power
source (via the DC power cable) does not enable its internal battery to recharge.
• Due to its limited internal battery’s reserve capacity, the ventilator should only be operated on
the internal battery when no other power source is available. Ensure that the internal battery
never becomes fully discharged.
• When using a car auxiliary adapter (cigarette lighter) ensure the car has been started prior to
plugging in the ventilator’s DC adapter. Refer to chapter 6.3, “Connecting to an External DC
Power Source”.
• Even if the “INTERNAL BATTERY” charging indicator is off, charging of the battery may
sometimes be incomplete if the ambient temperature is above 40 °C (104 °F) because of the
battery’s internal heat safety device.
• When the “LOW BATTERY“ alarm is triggered, immediately connect the ventilator to an AC
power supply to maintain ventilation and recharge the internal battery.
• Batteries should be disposed of according to environmental legislation in your country and

locality.
• Never expose any batteries to direct flame.
• Ensure that the AC power cable is in perfect condition and not compressed. The device should
not be turned on if the AC power cable is damaged.
Warnings Regarding Hoses and Accessories

• The ventilator must not use, nor be connected to, any anti-static or electrically conductive hoses,
tubing, or conduits.
• Minimum and maximum VTE alarm parameters must be properly set to warn in the event of
patient disconnection.
• Before opening the packaging for the Patient Circuit, ensure that no damage is evident to the
packaging or its contents. Do not use if evidence of damage exists.
• The patient circuit should not be changed during ventilation.
• On a DAILY basis, inspect the patient circuit to ensure that it shows no signs of damage, is
properly connected, and is operating correctly without leakage.
• Single Use accessories should not be reused.
• The exhalation block is intended for single use by a single patient . It may periodically be
cleaned, but it cannot be disinfected or sterilised. To maintain good measurement quality when
used continuously, clean the exhalation block periodically (refer to section 9.3, “Cleaning the
Exhalation Block”). The exhalation block should be changed every 4 months and cannot be
reused with any other patient.
• During invasive ventilation (when an artificial airway bypasses the patient’s upper respiratory
system), the patient’s upper respiratory system cannot humidify the incoming gas. For this
reason, the use of a humidifier, to minimise drying of the patient’s airway and subsequent
irritation and discomfort, must be used.

Safety Information
• If exhaled tidal volume measurements are required to ensure correct patient ventilation a double
limb patient circuit configuration must be used in order to detect leaks. In this case, both the
minimum and maximum VTE alarm parameters must be properly set to warn in the event of
patient disconnection.
• Failing to replace a dirty air inlet filter, or operating the ventilator without a filter, may cause
serious damage to the ventilator.
• Before cleaning the ventilator, first disconnect the ventilator and the patient circuit.
• If the ventilator is used indoors, the condition of the air inlet filter should be checked monthly. If
the ventilator is used outdoors or in a dusty environment, the filter should be checked weekly
and replaced as necessary.
• The air inlet filter is not reusable; do not attempt to wash, clean, or reuse it.
• The patient circuit should always be positioned to avoid hindering the patient's movements, to
prevent accidental disconnection or leakage, and to minimise the risk of patient strangulation.
• For pediatric use, ensure that the patient circuit type fits, and, in all respects, is suitable for use
with a child. Use a pediatric circuit for patients that weigh under 53 lb. (23 kg). To ensure proper
performance of the ventilator, See Table H-2, List of Circuits, on page H-2, for a list of
recommended patient circuits.
• Resistance of the exhalation valve and accessories (water traps, filters, HMEs etc) must be as low
as possible.
• Adding attachments to the ventilator breathing system can cause the pressure during exhalation
at the patient connection port to increase.
• The exhalation valve must allow rapid discharge of the circuit pressure. Ensure that the
exhalation valve is always clean and its evacuation aperture (exhaust port) is never obstructed.
• Users must always possess an additional breathing circuit and exhalation valve while using the
Puritan Bennett™ 560 Ventilator.
• Always ensure that the humidification device is positioned lower than both the ventilator and
the patient. Use water traps, if necessary, to limit water in the patient circuit and periodically
empty these water traps.
• If a heated humidifier is used, you should always monitor the temperature of the gas delivered
to the patient. Gas delivered from the ventilator that becomes too hot may burn the patient's
airway.
• Adding accessories to the ventilator breathing circuit, such as a humidifier and water trap(s), may
result in a decrease in tidal volume delivered to the patient due to the added compressible
volume of the accessory. Always assure that the patient is receiving the appropriate inspired
volume when altering the breathing circuit configuration.
• The level of inspiratory resistance of the circuit and accessories (bacteria filter, humidifier, HMEs
etc) must be as low as possible. Settings – particularly the PATIENT DISCONNECTION alarm,
maximum inspired volume (Max VTI), and minimum inspired volume (Min VTI) settings – must be
periodically adjusted according to changes in the patient circuit resistance – especially when
filters are replaced.
• To ensure proper performance of the ventilator, use a patient circuit recommended by Covidien
in this manual; refer to chapter 6, “Installation and Assembly” and Appendix H, “Parts and
Accessories”. The total specified length of the patient circuit tubing as measured from the
ventilator outlet to the ventilator inlet is 1.1 metres (3.6 feet) to 2.0 metres (6.6 feet). The tubing
must conform to all applicable standards and must be fitted with Ø 22 mm terminals that also
conform to all applicable standards. Ensure that both the length and the internal volume of the
patient circuit are appropriate for the tidal volume: a corrugated tube of Ø 22 mm for adult
patients, and a corrugated tube of Ø 15 mm for pediatric patients with a tidal volume lower than
200 ml.

Safety Information
• To ensure proper performance of the ventilator, use only accessories (including oxygen
accessories) approved and recommended by Covidien. See Appendix H, “Parts and Accessories”
or contact your customer services.
• When using non-invasive ventilation (NIV) without an exhalation valve, use a vented nose or
face mask or a non vented combined with a leak accessory. When using non-invasive ventilation
(NIV) with an exhalation valve, use a non-vented mask.
• Before using the Nurse Call system, ensure that its connections are secure and it operates
properly. For more information, contact Covidien.
• To connect the ventilator to a Nurse Call device, contact Covidien to check the ventilator's
compatibility with the Nurse Call device and order a suitable connection cable.
• Do not use Nurse Call devices that operate based on the closure of an electrical circuit, because
the devices often do not take into account possible cable disconnection or a total loss of power.
Ensure that the Nurse Call device is always connected to the ventilator.
Warnings Regarding Settings:

• Before starting ventilation, always verify that all settings are properly set in accordance with the
required prescription.
• Before starting ventilation, ensure that the device is properly assembled and that the air inlet,
cooling vents, and alarm sound diffusion holes are not obstructed. Ensure also that the patient
circuit is of the proper configuration (double or single limb), properly connected to the ventilator,
and that the circuit hoses are neither damaged nor compressed and contain no obstructions or
foreign bodies.
• The CPAP mode does not provide a set respiratory rate. Do not use this mode for ventilator-
dependent patients.
• Do not allow a patient to remain connected to the ventilator when ventilation is stopped,
because a substantial quantity of exhalation gas, primarily carbon dioxide, may be inhaled by
the patient.
• Alarm volume should be adjusted with respect to the ventilator’s operating environment and so
that the patient's caretakers can hear the alarms. The audible alarm vents located at the front of
the device should never be obstructed. The alarm can be paused with the Alarm Pause function
by pressing the ALARM CONTROL key twice once the alarm has been declared.
• Ensure that the I Sens setting is not set to OFF when ventilating patients capable of triggering
spontaneous breaths.
• Monitor the patient's state of health in order to ensure that the ventilator’s settings are always
suited to the patient’s current physiological requirements.
• In adult or pediatric use ensure that the adjusted tidal volume is compatible with the needs of
the patient.
• When changing the mode during ventilation, significant transitions of pressure, flow or cycling
rate might occur, depending on the difference between the modes. Before setting the new
mode, first ensure that the settings between the different modes are compatible. This reduces
the risk of discomfort and harm to the patient.
• Do not conduct the ventilator alarm test while the patient is connected to the ventilator. Switch
the patient to an alternate means of ventilation before testing.
• The setting of the Low PIP alarm must be adjusted for the patient, but must also be set high
enough to allow the PATIENT DISCONNECTION alarm to trigger properly. Perform the Low
Pressure Test (refer to section F.1, “Low Pressure Test”) to ensure the Low PIP alarm is properly
set.
• If APNEA TIME is set to a value higher than 60/Control R then the APNEA alarm will not activate.
• If an APNEA alarm is required, set the APNEA setting to YES in the Preferences Menu.
• The Apnea Alarm should be set to YES for ventilator dependant patients.

Safety Information
• Setting Alarm limits to extreme values can cause the ventilator alarms to malfunction.
• Ensure the Insp Time setting is compatible with the physiological requirements of the patient.
• Adjustable alarms should not be systematically cancelled; instead, they should be adjusted
according to the needs and condition of the patient.
• A continuous alarm condition will be activated if the ventilator power switch is turned off while
ventilation is in progress. When the power switch is turned back on again, the ventilation will
resume without having to press the VENTILATION ON/OFF button.
• In the SIMV mode the use of a double limb circuit is recommended. The Min VTE setting should
remain active in the event that pressure losses are present on the patient circuit downstream
from the proximal pressure link. In such cases the “PATIENT DISCONNECTION” alarm would not
be systematically activated in case of a disconnection of the circuit.
• The inspiration trigger threshold should be carefully modified in order to avoid the risk of false
triggering or “autotriggering” of the ventilator. For example, Level 1P, the most sensitive mode,
is recommended for pediatric use. However, for an adult, this setting may result in
autotriggering.
• The sound level of the alarms should be adjusted according to the installation environment and
the size of the area monitored by the patient’s caregiver. Ensure that the alarm sound apertures
at the front of the device are never obstructed.
Warnings Regarding USB Memory Device

• Always verify the file ID before using a USB memory device to transfer data between the
ventilator and a PC.
Warnings Regarding Maintenance

• Never use a ventilator or any components or accessories that appear to be damaged. If any signs
of damage are evident, contact your equipment supplier or Covidien.
• To ensure proper servicing and avoid the possibility of physical injury to personnel or damage to
the ventilator, only personnel authorised and qualified by Covidien should attempt to service or
make authorised modifications to the Puritan Bennett™ 560 Ventilator.
• If you cannot determine the cause of a problem with your ventilator, contact your equipment
supplier. Do not use the ventilator until the problem has been corrected.
• To ensure proper performance of the ventilator, the preventative maintenance schedule should
be followed. For further information contact Covidien.
• On a daily basis, ensure the proper connection and operation of the patient circuit.
• If a problem with the ventilator is suspected, FIRST CHECK THAT THE PATIENT IS NOT IN DANGER.
If necessary, remove the patient from the ventilator and provide an alternative means of
ventilation.
• After assembling, cleaning, or reassembling the patient circuit, and on a daily basis, inspect the
hoses and other components to ensure that there are no cracks or leaks and that all connections
are secure.
• Use all cleaning solutions and products with caution. Read and follow the instructions associated
with the cleaning solutions you use to clean your ventilator. Use only those solutions listed in
Table 9-1.
• Never use a liquid cleaner inside the patient circuit, or on any component of a gas pathway.
Clean the patient circuit only as specified by the manufacturer's instructions.
• Do not attempt to open, repair or otherwise service the ventilator yourself. Doing so might
endanger the patient, damage the ventilator, and/or void your warranty. Only personnel
authorised and qualified by Covidien should repair, open or service the ventilator.

Safety Information
• If the ventilator is damaged or its external housing is not correctly closed or it behaves in a way
that is not described in this manual (excessive noise, heat emission, unusual odor, alarms not
triggered during the start-up procedure), the oxygen and power supplies should be disconnected
and use of the device stopped immediately.
• The exhalation block is intended for single use by a single patient . It may periodically be
Exhalation Block”). The exhalation block should be changed every 4 months and cannot be
reused with any other patient.
• Ensure that the exhalation block is completely dried after cleaning and prior to use.
• When an exhalation block is set up, each time it is removed, or after installing a new exhalation
block on the machine, it is essential that the exhalation flow sensor be recalibrated before the
exhalation block is used. Refer to section 10.1, “Calibrating the Exhalation Flow Sensor”.
• The patient circuit is intended for single use by a single patient and should be changed
according to the manufacturer’s recommendations and according to the patient circuit lifetime.
Refer to the instructions for use supplied by the manufacturer of the patient circuit (included
with the ventilator) and chapter 6, “Installation and Assembly”.
• A patient treated by mechanical ventilation is highly vulnerable to the risks of infection. Dirty or
ventilator’s outlet – or both ports if a double-limb circuit is used – is recommended. Refer to
chapter 9, “Cleaning”.
• Regularly check the cleanliness of the air inlet filter located on the rear of the ventilator. If
necessary, replace the filter before the recommended replacement period is over (see chapter 10,
“Routine Maintenance”). This is particularly important when the ventilator is installed on a
wheelchair, because environmental conditions may cause the filter to become dirty more rapidly.
• For environmental protection, the ventilator and its components, whatever their respective
conditions of operation, cannot be disposed of with household waste and must be submitted for
suitable selective collection and possible recycling. Observe all applicable regulations when
disposing of the ventilator and any of its components.
• If the device is damaged, its external housing is not correctly closed, or it behaves in a way that
is not described in this manual (excessive noise, heat emission, unusual odour, alarms not
triggered during the start-up procedure), the oxygen and power supplies should be disconnected
and use of the device stopped immediately.
• Before using the ventilator’s internal battery, ensure that the battery is fully charged and that
the charge holds. Back up ventilators or those in storage should be connected to an AC power
source to protect the integrity of the battery.
• The maximum recommended shelf life of the internal battery is two (2) years. Do not use a
battery that has been stored for two years prior to its first use. Periodic recharging is important
to help maximize useful life of the battery. Do not store the internal battery for extended
periods, without recharging, as this may reduce the maximum life.
• To connect the ventilator to an external power source, first ensure the ventilator’s I/O switch is
off (O). Then, connect the desired power cable to the ventilator. Finally, connect the power cable
to the external power source.
• To disconnect the ventilator from an external power source, first power-down the ventilator.
Then, disconnect the power cable from the external power source and, finally, the ventilator.
• Connect the external DC power source by first connecting the power cable to the ventilator and
then to the external DC source. Follow the reverse procedure to disconnect the device from the
external DC power source.

Safety Information
• Connect the external electrical power source by first connecting the power cable to the
ventilator and then to the external power source. Follow the reverse procedure to disconnect the
device from electrical power sources.
Warnings Regarding Oxygen

• The ventilator must not be used with flammable anesthetic substances.
• Oxygen therapy for patients with respiratory failure is a common and effective medical
prescription. However, be aware that inappropriate oxygen use may potentially lead to serious
complications, including, but not limited to, patient injury.
• Strictly follow the instructions provided in section 6.8.2, “Connecting the Oxygen Supply”, which
include the use of a flow regulator and special oxygen connector.
• To avoid injury to the patient and/or possible damage to the ventilator: before connecting the
ventilator to the oxygen supply, ensure a flow meter (flow regulator) is connected to the
ventilator to regulate the oxygen supply to the required specification.
• The Puritan Bennett™ 560 Ventilator can be used with an optional oxygen analyser with
minimum and maximum concentration alarms. Always measure the delivered oxygen with a
calibrated oxygen analyser (FIO2 kit) that features a minimum and maximum concentration
alarm in order to ensure that the prescribed oxygen concentration is delivered to the patient.
• The Puritan Bennett 560 Ventilator is designed to deliver a percentage of oxygen equal or lower
than 50%. Do not exceed this value as this may cause the ventilator to malfunction and put the
patient at risk.
• Ensure that the oxygen supply pressure to the machine never exceeds 7 psi (50 kPa) or a flow of
15 lpm. Refer to Table B-8 on page B-3 for volume and sensitivity tolerances.
• In the event of an oxygen leak, shut down the supply of oxygen at its source. In addition,
remove and/or keep any incandescent source away from the device, which may be enriched with
oxygen. Circulate fresh air into the room to bring the oxygen level down to normal.
• The hose connecting the ventilator to the oxygen source must be designed exclusively for use
with medical-grade oxygen. Under no circumstances should the oxygen hose be modified by the
user. In addition, the hose must be installed without the use of lubricants.
• Ensure that the only gas supplied to the ventilator through the dedicated oxygen supply
connector is medical-grade oxygen.
• The coupler must not remain connected to the oxygen connector unless it also connected to a
leak-proof, external oxygen gas source. When an oxygen supply is not being used with the
ventilator, disconnect the oxygen source completely from the ventilator.
• To prevent any interference with the internal sensors of the ventilator, do not install a humidifier
upstream of the ventilator.
• To ensure stability, when the Puritan Bennett 560 Ventilator is mounted on a cart, the weight of
the oxygen bottle should not exceed 14 kg (30 lbs).
• The oxygen supply hose ages even when it is not in use and should be replaced periodically. The
expiration date may be located on the back of the hose end-piece.
• The oxygen supply must be regulated using a flow meter connected to the source gas outlet.
• The oxygen supply must be shut off when ventilation is interrupted. Before disconnecting the
oxygen hose, allow the ventilator to continue for a few cycles without oxygen to flush the
patient circuit of excess oxygen.
• Before connecting the oxygen supply, ensure that the stud on the oxygen connector is
protruding outwards.
• Inspect the oxygen coupler before use to ensure it has its black O-ring attached and in good
condition. Do not use an oxygen coupler with a missing, damaged, or worn O-ring.

Safety Information
Warnings Regarding Electromagnetic Interference

• The Puritan Bennett™ 560 requires special precautions for electromagnetic compatibility and
should be installed and started according to the recommendations found in Appendix B,
“Specifications” In particular, the use of nearby mobile and portable communications equipment
using radio frequencies, such as mobile telephones or other systems exceeding the levels set in
the IEC 60601-1-2 standard, may affect its operation. Refer to section B.10, “Manufacturer’s
Declaration”.
• The use of any accessory other than those specified, with the exception of the power supplies or
cables sold by Covidien, may lead to an increase in electromagnetic emissions or a decrease in
the equipment protection against electromagnetic emissions. If the ventilator is used adjacent to
such accessories or stacked with such devices, the ventilator’s performance should be monitored
to verify normal operation.
1.3 Symbols and Markings

Table 1-1. Ventilator Symbols
Symbols Descriptions
It is essential to read, understand, and follow these instructions before using the Puritan Bennett 560
Ventilator (ISO 7000-0434A).
This symbol appears on the ventilator’s back panel, see Table 1-2, item 5.
Type BF applied part (IEC 60417-5333).
A regulatory standard classification for protection against electrical shock for the part of the device
that contacts the patient.
This symbol appears on the ventilator’s back panel; see Table 1-2, item 5.
Direct current, DC (IEC 60417-5031).
This symbol appears on the ventilator’s back panel and keyboard; see Figure 1-4, item 9.
Alternating current, AC (IEC 60417-5032).

This symbol appears on the ventilator’s back panel and keyboard; see Figure 1-4, item 8, and
Figure 2-2 on page 2-5, item 10.
Internal Battery.
This symbol appears on the ventilator’s keyboard; see Figure 2-3 on page 2-6, item 10.
Insulation class II equipment (IEC 60417-5172).

A regulatory standard classification for protection against electric shock. Class II equipment relies on
double insulation rather than protective earthing.
Index of Protection rating for the ventilator’s enclosure, defined in IEC 60529 (BSEN60529:1991).
The first digit, 3, indicates protection against the intrusion of small foreign bodies (including fingers,
tools, wires, etc. with a diameter greater than 2.5 mm) into the ventilator. The second digit, 1,
IP31 indicates protection against water dripping or falling vertically, as well as an environment featuring
water vapour condensation and/or light rain.
This rating appears on the ventilator’s back panel; see Table 1-2, item 5.
CSA – Canadian Standards Association.
CE – Conformity European
Signifies compliance with the medical device directive 2007/47/EC.

Safety Information
Table 1-1. Ventilator Symbols (Continued)
This symbol appears on the ventilator’s front panel UP/UNFREEZE key; see Figure 2-3 on page 2-6,
item 4.
This key is used to: move the LCD display’s cursor upwards, line-by-line; increase the value of displayed
and selected parameter settings; restart (“unfreeze”) waveforms tracing.
This symbol appears on the ventilator’s front panel DOWN/FREEZE key; see Figure 2-3 on page 2-6,
item 6.
This key is used to: move the LCD display’s cursor downwards, line-by-line; decrease the value of
displayed and selected parameter settings; stop (“freeze”) waveforms tracing.
This symbol appears on the ventilator’s front panel ENTER key; see Figure 2-3 on page 2-6, item 5.
This key is used to confirm command actions.
This symbol appears on the ventilator’s front panel ALARM CONTROL key; see Figure 2-3 on
page 2-6, item 3. (See my notes, to the left and below, in red).
This key is used to: cancel the audible portion of alarms for 60 seconds at a time; cancel an alarm.
For more information, refer to section F, “Alarms Tests.”
This symbol appears on the ventilator’s front panel MENU key; see Figure 2-3 on page 2-6, item 7.
This key is used to access the ventilator’s menus via the ventilator’s front panel LCD display.
This symbol (IEC 60417– 5009) appears on the ventilator’s front panel VENTILATION ON/OFF button;
see Figure 2-3 on page 2-6, item 8.
This key is used to Start and Stop ventilation.
To patient port.
This symbol appears on the front right of the ventilator, adjacent to the To Patient port;
From patient-port (double-limb option).
This symbol appears on the front-left of the ventilator, adjacent to the From Patient port; see Figure 1-1
on page 1-15, item 4.
Patient proximal pressure port.
This symbol appears on the front right of the ventilator, adjacent to the From Patient port;
see Figure 1-1 on page 1-15 and Figure 1-4 on page 1-17, item 3.
Exhalation valve pilot port.
This symbol appears on the front right of the ventilator, adjacent to the To Patient port indicating the
connection of the tubing between the patient circuit exhalation valve;
see Figure 1-1 on page 1-15, and Figure 1-4 on page 1-17, item 3.
Oxygen inlet.
This marking appears on the back panel of the ventilator, adjacent to the oxygen inlet port;
Nurse Call connector.
This symbol appears on the back panel of the ventilator, adjacent to the nurse call connector;
Switch in “Off” position (IEC 60417-5008).
O This symbol appears on the I/O (power on/off) switch on the back panel of the ventilator
to indicate the switch’s “Off” position. See Figure 2-2 on page 2-5, item 2.
Switch in “On” position (IEC 60417-5007).
I This symbol appears on the I/O (power on/off) switch on the back panel of the ventilator
to indicate the switch’s “On” position. See Figure 2-2 on page 2-5, item 2.

Safety Information
Software Lock Enabled.
This symbol appears on the upper-left of the ventilator’s LCD display when the keyboard Locking Key is
enabled; see section 7.8, “Locking the Control Panel”.
Internal Battery.
This symbol appears on the top-center of ventilator’s LCD display to indicate that the ventilator is being
powered by its internal battery. See Figure 2-4 on page 2-7, item 1 and refer to chapter 8, “Internal
Battery”, for more information.
Pressure rise times (inspiratory phase) parameter.
These symbols appear on the ventilation mode menu screens. For more information, refer to chapter 3,
“Operating Parameters”. In pressure ventilation modes, you can select one of four rise times with
setting 1 representing the fastest rise time and setting 4 representing the slowest.
Flow shape (“flow distribution shape”, inspiratory phase) parameter.
These symbols appear on the ventilation mode menu screens; selectable for V A/C mode only. For
more information, refer to chapter 3, “Operating Parameters”. In volume ventilation mode you can
select between Square (SQ), Descending (D) or Sinusoidal (S) flow patterns.
Selected line (filled square).
When making menu choices, this graphic indicates the line on which the cursor is currently positioned.
See Figure 7-11, Selecting the Preferences Menu, on page 7-10.
Non-selected line (empty square).
When making menu choices, this graphic indicates a line on which the cursor is currently not
positioned.
Locked parameter line.
When making menu choices, this graphic indicates a line that cannot be selected (the Locking Key is
enabled).
Active parameter line.
When making menu choices, this graphic indicates that the current parameter is selected and can be
changed. See chapter 7, “Operating Procedures”.
Inspiratory Effort Detected.
This symbol appears in the front panel display’s Status window when the patient triggers a breath.
Parameter adjustment bar.

This graphic shows the current setting for parameters such as display contrast and alarm volume in the
Preferences menu. Refer to section 7.3, “Preferences Menu Parameters”.
WEEE (Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment).
This symbol means that this product must not be disposed of with household waste. Observe local
ordinances for proper disposal. Refer to Table 1-2, item 5.
Year of Manufacture.
Manufacturer.
Audio Paused.
This symbol means the sounding of audible alarms is currently disabled. For more information, refer to
section 5.4, “Silencing the Audible Portion of Alarms”.
Alarm Paused (reset/cancelled).
This symbol means one or more alarms have been paused, or reset/cancelled. For more information,
refer to section 5.5, “Pausing/Resetting Alarms”.

Safety Information
Apnea Alarm Deactivated.
This symbol means that the Apnea Alarm has been deactivated. For more information, refer to section
5.5, “Pausing/Resetting Alarms”.
Exhalation Valve detected.

This symbol means that an exhalation valve has been detected during ventilation.
No Exhalation Valve detected.

This symbol means that no exhalation valve has been detected during ventilation.
Single patient use only (ISO 7000-1051).

This symbol means that the labeled device is for use by a single patient only.
Freeze Waveforms.
This symbol means the tracing of patient pressure and flow waveforms is currently paused or “frozen.”
For more information, refer to section 4.3, “Waveform Display”.
Follow instructions for use (ISO 7000-1641).
This symbol directs the user to observe and adhere to the instructions contained in the product’s
user manuals.
USB port.
This symbol indicates a communications port for interfacing with a USB connector.
See Figure 2-2, item 11.
PC connector.
This symbol indicates a port that can be used by authorised Covidien product service personnel or
Covidien service personnel for software maintenance. See Figure 2-2, item 10.
Atmospheric pressure limitation.
Humidity limitations.
Temperature limitations.
Fragile.
Keep dry.
Keep away from direct sunlight.
This side up.

Safety Information
1.4 Labels / Identification and Instruction Information

Various labels or specific markings are affixed to the ventilator that describe precautions to be
taken for the correct use of the ventilator and contribute to the traceability of the product. Refer to
Table 1-2 and the figures on the following pages for illustrations of these labels and markings and
their locations on the ventilator. Use the item numbers in the following tables to locate the labels in
Figure 1-1 to Figure 1-4.
Table 1-2. Ventilator Labels and Markings
2. Oxygen Inlet Marking

1. Patient Gas Inlet Label and Label 3. Exhalation Valve and Patient
(Figure 1-1, Figure 1-4) (Figure 1-3) Pressure Connection Label
(Figure 1-1, Figure 1-4)
4. From Patient Port,

Exhalation Limb Connection of 5. Air Inlet Label 6. Exhaled Gas Outlet Label
Patient Circuit – Single Use (Figure 1-3) (Figure 1-2)
Exhalation Block Label
(Figure 1-1, Figure 1-2,
Figure 1-4)
Location of AC
Power Cable Location of DC
Connector Power Cable
Connector
8. AC Power (Mains) 9. External Cable

7. Identification Label
Cable Connector Marking Connector Marking
(Figure 1-4)
(Figure 1-3) (Figure 1-3)
12. Nurse Call Cable

10. PC Connection marking 11. USB Port marking
Connector Marking
(Figure 1-3) (Figure 1-3)
(Figure 1-3)

Safety Information
Table 1-2. Ventilator Labels and Markings (Continued)
13. FIO2 Label

(Figure 1-1, Figure 1-4)
Note:
The item number callouts in the following figures refer to those listed in Table 1-2.
1
13
4 3
Figure 1-1. Locations of Labels – Top-Front View

Safety Information
6
4
Figure 1-2. Locations of Labels – Front-Left View
11
10 9
8
5
12 2 2
Figure 1-3. Location of Labels and Markings – Rear View

Safety Information
3
4 1
13
Figure 1-4. Location of Labels – Bottom View


2 Ventilator Overview
2.1 Indications for Use

The Puritan Bennett™ 560 Ventilator is indicated for the continuous or intermittent mechanical
ventilatory support of patients weighing at least 11 lb (5 kg) who require mechanical ventilation.
The ventilator is a restricted medical device intended for use by qualified, trained personnel under
the direction of a doctor. It is essential to read, understand, and follow these instructions before
using the Puritan Bennett 560 Ventilator.
Target Patients
Specifically, the ventilator is applicable for adult and pediatric patients who require the following
general types of invasive or non-invasive ventilatory support, as prescribed by an attending doctor:
• Positive Pressure ventilation
• Assist/Control, SIMV, or CPAP modes of ventilation
• Breath types including Volume Control, Pressure Control, and Pressure Support
Target Environments
The ventilator is suitable for use in institutional, home, and portable settings. It is not intended for
use as an emergency transport ventilator.
The Puritan Bennett 560 Ventilator is suitable for use on commercial aircraft, per FAA requirements.
Refer to chapter B.11, “Standards Compliance and IEC Classification”. Patients traveling with the
Puritan Bennett 560 Ventilator may be required by their airline to demonstrate evidence of
compliance with the RTCA/DO-160F standard, as well as other requirements. Contact your airline
prior to travel to determine airline specific requirements and documentation.
Warning
Even though the Puritan Bennett 560 Ventilator meets current safety standards, the internal
Lithium-ion battery of the device exceeds the 100Wh threshold and is therefore considered to
be Dangerous Goods (DG) Class 9 – Miscellaneous, when transported in commerce. As such, the
transport conditions under the Dangerous Goods Regulation for air transport (IATA:
International Air Transport Association), International Maritime Dangerous Goods code for sea
and the European Agreement concerning the International Carriage of Dangerous Goods by
Road (ADR) for Europe. Private individuals who transport the device are excluded from these
regulations although for air transport some requirements apply. For air transport; the
Puritan Bennett 560 Ventilator is permitted as checked-in or carry-on baggage. Two spare
batteries per person may be taken on board as carry-on luggage only, with the prior approval of
the airline. This classification and regulatory requirements may vary depending upon the
country and mode of transport. Therefore it is recommended that users verify with the carrier /
airline as to which measures to take before the voyage.
Ventilator Overview
Target Operators
The ventilator may be operated by:
• Respiratory therapists
• Doctors
• Nurses
• Homecare providers
• Patient and patient’s families
For more details on the knowledge and skill requirements for operating the Puritan Bennett™ 560
Ventilator, refer to Appendix A Patient/Caregiver Checklist.
Warning
This ventilator must be used only under the responsibility and on the prescription of a doctor.
2.2 Contraindications
This ventilator is not for use with anesthetic gases, and is not intended for use as an emergency
transport ventilator.
2.3 Operational Use

The Puritan Bennett 560 Portable Ventilator uses a micro-turbine to provide ventilatory support to
patients. Clinicians may use a variety of interfaces to connect patients to the ventilator: nasal masks
or full face masks; endotracheal or tracheotomy tubes. User-selectable ventilation modes are:
• Assisted Controlled Volume (V A/C)
• Assisted Controlled Pressure (P A/C)
• Volume Synchronised Intermittent Mandatory Ventilation (V SIMV)
• Pressure Synchronised Intermittent Mandatory Ventilation (P SIMV)
• Continuous Positive Airway Pressure (CPAP)
• Pressure Support Ventilation with apnea ventilation (PSV/ST)
Safety Net
Incorporated in the ventilator design is an alarm system that continuously monitors both patient
and machine for signs of specific errors or faults that could lead to an unsafe condition. Should any
of these errors or faults be detected, the alarm system announces the specific alarm condition both
audibly and visually. The machine-related alarm conditions are factory set, whereas the patient-
related alarm conditions are defined by alarm-threshold values selected by an operator (a clinician
or a caregiver). For more information, refer to chapter 5, “Alarms and Troubleshooting.”
Settings
A software key, known as the “Locking Key,” restricts access to ventilation parameter settings and
ventilation mode changes in order to distinguish between “clinician” usage and “patient” usage
(refer to section 7.8, “Locking the Control Panel,” on page 7-28).
Oxygen Enrichment
Oxygen may be supplied from an external, low pressure source, but the oxygen flow must be
limited to 15 lpm (50 kPa, 7 PSI). The ventilator automatically compensates for the extra flow
created by the external oxygen supply (refer to chapter 6, “Installation and Assembly.”)

Ventilator Overview
Breathing Circuit
The ventilator can be used with a single or double limb patient circuit. If exhaled volume
monitoring is required (such as ventilator dependant patients), use the double-limb circuit for
exhaled tidal volume monitoring. For more information, refer to section 6.4, “Patient Circuit,” on
page 6-6.
Warning
Users must always possess an additional breathing circuit and exhalation valve while using the
2.4 Device Classification

The ventilator’s IEC / EN 60601-1classification is as follows:
• Protection/Insulation class (electric shock): Class II
• Protection index of enclosure: IP31
• Medical device directive classification: II B
• Degree of protection against risk of electric shock: BF
• Power: External (AC – mains, or DC – cigarette lighter) or internal (DC – battery)
• Operation mode: Continuous operation
For additional information, refer to section B, “Specifications.”

Ventilator Overview
2.5 Front Panel
7 7
9 3
4
8 7 6 5
1 LCD Display – Displays information about the 6 Exhalation Valve Port – Nipple for providing
ventilator including patient hours and software version, piloting pressure to the exhalation valve. Controls
ventilation modes and settings, and monitored and the open-closed position of the exhalation valve.
calculated patient data and waveforms. The display
also allows the user to view and, using the Control
Panel, adjust the ventilator’s operating and alarm
configuration settings.
2 Control Panel – Features the controls for setting up 7 Lateral and Front Openings – Vents that allow
and operating the ventilator, and LEDs to indicate the for air circulation to cool the ventilator’s internal
ventilator's power source, ventilation On/Off status, components. In addition, these openings function
and alarm priority level. Control functions include as sound ports for audible alarms.
turning on and off the ventilation, configuring
ventilation modes, silencing and cancelling alarms, and Warning
setting device and alarm parameters. Do not cover or obstruct these openings.
3 FIO2 Sensor Connection – Connection for FIO2 sensor 8 From Patient Port – Exhaled volume
which monitors the amount of oxygen in the patient measurements are taken from this port, through
circuit. which a portion of the exhaled gas is diverted to
the exhalation flow sensor. VTE is calculated from
this flow measurement.a
4 Patient Connection Port – Provides an outlet for the 9 Exhaled Gas Outlet – Exhalation Valve connects
gas to be delivered to the patient via the patient circuit. here.
5 Patient Pressure Monitoring Port – Nipple for

monitoring proximal patient pressure.
a. If exhaled tidal volume monitoring is required, use the double-limb circuit.
Figure 2-1. Front Panel

Ventilator Overview
2.6 Back Panel
2
3
11
10 9 8 7 6 5
1 Ergonomic carrying handle. 7 PC Cable Connector:

USB mini-B connector used for Puritan Bennett™
Ventilator Test Software.
2 On/Off (I/O) switch with protective cover: 8 O2 Inlet Port:

Device powered on in position I; device Connects the ventilator to a low pressure oxygen
switched off in position 0. source via an adaptor connected to the O2 Inlet
(refer to section 6.8, “Oxygen,” on page 6-14).
3 AC power (“Mains”) cable connector. 9 Nurse Call Output Connector:

Used to connect the ventilator to the nurse call
system.
4 AC power (“Mains”) cable holding system: 10 USB Memory Device connection:

Secures AC power cable to avoid accidental USB connection to be used with Puritan Bennett
disconnection. respiratory insight software. There are two USB
type A ports.
5 Access cover for the internal battery. 11 Air Inlet Filter:

Filters air as it enters the ventilator.
6 DC power cable connector with key.
Figure 2-2. Back Panel

Ventilator Overview
2.7 Control Panel
10 2
9
4
8 5
7 6
1 Alarm indicators (two LEDs): 6 DOWN/FREEZE key:

Red indicator: • Moves the cursor down and decreases parameter values.
• Continuous: Very High Priority (VHP) alarm • During ventilation, freezes displayed waveform in the
activated Waveform menu.
• High priority (HP) alarm activated.
Yellow indicator:
• Medium priority (MP) alarm activated.
2 ALARM CONTROL key: 7 MENU key:

• Press once to silence an audible alarm for Changes the displayed menu. From the Ventilation menu
60 seconds. screen, press this key to display the Alarm menu screen.
• Press twice to halt visual and audible When a USB memory device is inserted into the ventilator,
alarms. If alarm is remedied, the alarm is press this key to display the USB memory device screen.
cancelled (other than the high pressure
alarm).
3 Display screen: 8 VENTILATION ON/OFF button:

Display of modes, ventilation settings, patient • ON: Press briefly and release to start ventilation.
data and waveforms, configuration of the • OFF: Press and hold for three (3) seconds, then press
ventilator and alarm management. again to stop ventilation.
4 UP/UNFREEZE Key: 9 Ventilation status indicator:

• Moves the cursor up and increases • Blue indicator illuminated: device is powered on and
parameter values. ventilation is off (on standby).
• During ventilation reactivates waveform • Blue indicator off: ventilation is on.
tracing in the Waveform menu.
5 ENTER key: 10 Electrical power source indicators:

• Access to a setting value and validation of • AC POWER indicator lit: AC power source connected.
the modification of this setting. • DC POWER indicator lit: DC power source connected.
• Access to a sub-menu. • INTERNAL BATTERY indicator lit continuously: Internal
battery in use (no external power source connected.)
• INTERNAL BATTERY indicator flashing: battery charging.
Figure 2-3. Control Panel

Ventilator Overview
2.8 Ventilation Menu

1 PB560C01
Ventilation menu with ventilation on standby.

2
5
3 6
1 PB560C02
Ventilation menu during ventilation. 2

5
6
3
4
1 General information line: 2 Ventilation settings: 3 Preferences menu access
Displays the current ventilation mode, Displays the specific ventilation line:
along with the following: parameter values for the Highlight this line and press
• Battery symbol if the device is currently selected ventilation the ENTER key to
powered by the internal battery. mode. display the Preferences
• Audio paused symbol if an Refer to chapter 3, “Operating menu.
alarm is currently inhibited. Parameters” for more Refer to manual section 7.3,
• Alarm paused symbol if an information. “Preferences Menu
alarm has been cancelled manually Parameters,” on page 7-10
and the cause of the alarm for more information.
remains.
• Apnea Alarm deactivation
• Exhalation valve symbol.
• No exhalation valve symbol.
• Absolute ABS symbol.
• Relative REL symbol.
4 Bargraph: 5 Status/monitored data window: 6 Alarm conditions window:

Displays pressure generation during • Ventilation stopped • For Active alarms, scrolls
ventilation. (Standby): displays the through active alarm
message, “PRESS TO messages in flashing
START VENTILATION.” reverse video.
• Ventilation on: parameters • For Inactive alarms,
are monitored and displayed. displays the last alarm
• The Inspiratory Effort along with its trigger date
Detected symbol appears and end-of-event time.
adjacent to the monitored I:E Refer to chapter 5, “Alarms
ratio when the patient and Troubleshooting” for
actively triggers a breath. details.
Figure 2-4. Ventilation Menu Display

Ventilator Overview
2.9 Alarm Menu

PB560C03
1
Alarm menu with ventilation on standby. 4

2
PB560C04
1
Alarm menu when not in standby.

4
2
1 Title line: 2 Alarm settings: 3 Access line to Alarm Logs

Displays ventilation mode and the Displays the specific alarm parameter menu.
following symbols: values for the currently selected Highlight this line and press
• Battery if the ventilator is ventilation mode, which are: the ENTER key to
powered by the internal battery. • Min and Max alarm threshold display the Alarm Logs
• Audio paused if an alarm is settings, and menu.
currently inhibited. • Current monitored patient Refer to manual section
• Alarm paused if an alarm has readings, or hyphen (-) when 5.3, “Alarm Logs Menu,”
been cancelled manually and the ventilation is in standby. on page 5-3.
cause of the alarm remains.
• Apnea Alarm deactivation
4 Status/monitored data window: 5 Alarm message window:

• Ventilation stopped (Standby): • For Active alarms, scrolls through
displays the message, “PRESS active alarm messages in flashing
TO START VENTILATION.” reverse video.
• Ventilation on: parameters are • For Inactive alarms, displays the
monitored and displayed. last alarm along with its trigger
• The Inspiratory Effort Detected date and end-of-event time.
symbol appears adjacent to the Refer to chapter 5, “Alarms and
monitored I:E ratio when the Troubleshooting” for more
patient actively triggers a breath. information.
Figure 2-5. Alarm Menu

Ventilator Overview
2.10 Waveforms Menu

The display of waveforms (Figure 2-6) is optional and can be selected using the Menu key
(refer to chapter 4, “Monitored Parameters.”). The Waveform menu is only accessible when
ventilation is active.
PB560C05
1
2
3
1 Title line: 2 Graphic zone: 3 Numeric zone:

• Displays ventilation mode and the Displays the patient’s pressure and Displays monitored data.
following symbols: flow waveforms as a function of
• Battery if the ventilator is time.
powered by the internal battery. For more information, refer to
• Audio paused if an alarm is chapter 4, “Monitored
currently inhibited. Parameters.”
• Alarm paused if an alarm has
been cancelled manually and the
cause of the alarm remains.
• Apnea Alarm deactivation.
• Freeze Waveforms
if the tracing of patient
waveforms has been halted
during ventilation.
Figure 2-6. Waveforms Menu

Ventilator Overview
2.11 USB Memory Device Menu

PB560C70
1
2
3
Figure 2-7. USB Memory Device Menu
1 Title line 3 USB Memory Device Menu
2 Ventilator serial number 4 Dialogue box
2.12 If Ventilator Failure Occurs

If a problem with the ventilator is suspected, FIRST CHECK THAT THE PATIENT IS NOT IN DANGER.
If necessary, remove the patient from the ventilator and provide an alternate means of ventilation.
Keep in mind that troubleshooting information is available in this manual to assist you in the event
of a problem. Refer to chapter 5, “Alarms and Troubleshooting”.
If you cannot determine the cause of a problem, contact your equipment supplier or Covidien.
Refer to chapter 10.5, “Service Assistance”.

3 Operating Parameters
This chapter describes ventilation and alarm parameters and their setting ranges for each
ventilation mode. For a listing of operating parameters and monitored patient data, refer to
Table B-11 on page B-8. For further information about the different ventilation modes and breath
types provided by the Puritan Bennett™ 560 Ventilator, refer to Appendix D, “Modes and Breath
Types.”
Warning
If APNEA TIME is set to a value higher than 60/Rate then the APNEA alarm will not activate.
3.1 PSV Mode Parameters and Setting Ranges

The menus for PSV – Pressure Support Ventilation mode are shown in Figure 3-1, and Figure 3-2:
PB560C08 PB560C09
Figure 3-1. Menus in PSV Mode with exhalation valve configuration
PB560C08A PB560C09A
Figure 3-2. Menus in PSV Mode with leakage configuration
The ventilation parameters and setting ranges available in PSV mode are listed in Table 3-1.
Operating Parameters
Table 3-1. Ventilation Parameters in PSV Menu
Linked
Adjustment Default
Name Units Min. Value Max. Value Para-
Resolution Value meters
P Support cmH2O, Standby: 2 Standby: 55 1 15 PEEP
mbar or Valve configuration: 5 Valve configuration: 55
hPa
Leak configuration: 6 Leak configuration: 30
PEEP cmH2O, Standby: OFF 20 1 OFF P Support
m bar or Valve configuration: OFF Max P
hPa
Leak configuration: 4
Rise Time – 1 4 1 2 Insp Time
I Sens – 1P 5 1 2 –
a
E Sens % 5 (-95) 95 (-5) 5 Auto –
Backup R bpm 4 40 1 13 Min I Time
Apnea Time s 1 60 1 Auto Backup R
Vt Target ml 50 2000 10 OFF = 100 –
Min I Time s 0.1 2.8 0.1 Auto Max I Time
Max P mbar 8 55 1 PIP + 3 –
Max I Time s 0.8 3 0.1 Auto Min I Time
a. Refer to chapter 7, “Operating Procedures” for information on positive and negative E Sens settings
Table 3-2 lists the available alarm settings in PSV mode.

Table 3-2. Alarm Parameters in PSV Mode
Min. Max. Adjustment Default Linked

Name Units Value Value Resolution Value Parameters
Min VTI ml 30 2000 10 300 Max VTI
Max VTI ml 80 3000 10 2,000 Min VTI
Min VTE (with ml 30 1990 10 300 Max VTE
exhalation valve)
Max VTE (with ml 80 3000 10 1000 Min VTE
exhalation valve)
Max Leak lpm 5 200 5 OFF –
(with leak
configuration)
Max Rtot bpm 10 70 1 OFF Backup R
Min FIO2 % 18 90 1 OFF Max FIO2
Max FIO2 % 30 100 1 OFF Min FIO2
P Support – Pressure Support

When Relative Pressure is set to YES in the Setup Menu, P Support allows you to determine
inspiratory pressure added to PEEP during the inspiratory phase.
In this configuration, the sum of P Support and PEEP must not exceed 55 mbar.
When Relative Pressure is set to OFF in the Setup Menu, P Support allows you to determine
inspiratory Absolute pressure.
In this configuration, P Support and PEEP are related and their settings must maintain a minimum
difference between the two of 2 mbar in leak configuration and 5 mbar in valve configuration.

PEEP – Positive End Expiratory Pressure

PEEP allows you to determine the level of pressure maintained during the exhalation phase.
When Relative Pressure is set to YES in the Setup Menu, the sum of P Support and PEEP must not
exceed 55 mbar.
When relative pressure is set to OFF, P Support and PEEP are related and their settings must
maintain a minimum difference between the two of 2 mbar in leak configuration and 5 mbar in
valve configuration.
The ventilation mode can be adjusted without PEEP (PEEP is nearly 0 mbar when set to “OFF”) in
In leak configuration, the minimum PEEP setting is 4 mbar.
Rise Time
This parameter is used during the inspiration phase to determine how the target pressure will be
reached. This setting indirectly defines the minimum inspiratory time.
The different levels available are as follows:
Rise time = 200 ms
Rise time = 400 ms
Rise time = 600 ms
Rise time = 800 ms
These time ranges are determined by the pressure setting required, the breath rate, and the
physiological condition of the patient.
I Sens – Inspiratory Trigger Sensitivity

I Sens allows you to set the level of inspiratory effort the patient has to provide during the initiation
of a machine breath.
The sensitivity levels decrease from 1P to 5: the lower the number, the more sensitive the trigger
sensitivity. These levels correspond to differences in flow compared to the bias flow.
I Sens 1 (P) = Bias flow + (0.4 lpm to 1 lpm) (P = Pediatric use)
I Sens 2 = Bias flow + (0.7 lpm to 1.3 lpm)
The bias flow consists of turbine flow through the patient circuit, during the exhalation phase, that
helps the patient avoid rebreathing exhaled gas (CO2).
The inspiratory trigger is initiated after a time delay of between 700 ms to 1500 ms, depending on
the preceding peak inspiratory flow.
Warning
Ensure that the I Sens setting is not set to OFF when ventilating patients capable of triggering
spontaneous breaths.
Carefully modify the trigger threshold setting to reduce the risk of ventilator autotriggering.
Level 1P, the most sensitive inspiratory trigger, is recommended for pediatric use. For an adult,
this setting may result in ventilator autotriggering.

E Sens – EXHALATION SENSITIVITY

E sens is available in the PSIMV, VSIMV, and PSV modes.
E Sens allows you to determine sensitivity of switching to exhalation and thus indirectly determines
the inspiratory time of a breath.
The end of inspiration will occur when Inspiratory Flow has decreased to the preset E Sens setting.
The exhalation trigger is only taken into account after the Rise Time (which constitutes a default
minimum inspiratory time) has elapsed.
If the flow drop is insufficient, exhalation is automatically triggered independently of the E Sens,
which is defined as a percentage of peak inspiratory flow. Exhalation may be triggered if the
maximum inspiratory time of three (3) seconds has elapsed, which corresponds to an I:E Ratio of
1:1.0, to ensure that the patient has enough time to exhale.
Figure 3-3. Exhalation Trigger Sensitivity
Note:
(Refer to chapter 7.2.2, “Changing the Setup Menu Parameters” for positive and negative E Sens
settings.)
Backup R
Backup R allows you to determine the frequency of ventilation breaths to be applied in the event of
prolonged apnea – as long as no inspiratory trigger is detected.
The inspiratory time of the backup breaths applied in the event of apnea still depends on the
detection of Exhalation trigger (E Sens) and the safety maximum inspiratory time (see above
comment on E Sens). The rise time of these cycles is identical to the ventilation cycle previously set.
The controlled cycles following apnea are interrupted as soon as a new spontaneous inspiration of
the patient is detected.
The Backup R is linked to the Min I Time so that the Min I Time setting cannot be greater than half
the inspiratory phase of a ventilator controlled breath.
Backup R breath is delivered at the Pressure Support settings.
Setting a Backup Rate is not optional; it is always set.
Apnea Time
Apnea time allows the user to monitor and detect interruptions to the patient's spontaneous
breathing pattern. The ventilator declares apnea when no breath has been delivered by the time
that the operator-selected apnea interval elapses.

The APNEA TIME adjustment range shall be 1 to 60 seconds. The ventilator shall enable the
operator to set an auto-setting which shall automatically calculate the APNEA TIME according to
the following: APNEA TIME = 60 / BACKUP R for PSV ST mode or 12 s for V SIMV and P SIMV
modes.
The Apnea Time “AUTO” setting (in seconds) is calculated using the formula (Auto = Maximum
value between 3 seconds and 60/Backup R or AUTO=30 in CPAP mode).
Note:
During apnea ventilation, the ventilator delivers machine controlled breaths according to a backup rate
(Backup R) – as long as no inspiratory trigger has been detected.
The Backup R value applied depends on the Rate setting.
If the Apnea Alarm is set to OFF in the Preferences Menu, the Apnea Time setting will still be active.
VT Target – TARGET TIDAL VOLUME

VT Target allows the ventilator to deliver a target volume of gas to the patient.
When a VT Target is set, the ventilator constantly adjusts the target inspiratory pressure between
PIP and Max P to ensure the inspired tidal volume remains as close as possible to the VT target.
VT Target should be more than 10 ml higher than Min VTE and more than 10 ml lower than Max
VTI to avoid triggering VTI or VTE alarms.
The minimum increase or decrease of target inspiratory pressure is 0.5 mbar and the maximum is
2 mbar.
Setting the Vt Target is not mandatory (it can be set to “OFF”).
Max P – MAXIMUM INSPIRATION PRESSURE

Max P allows the ventilator to adjust the inspiratory pressure up to a maximum limit in order to
reach the Target Tidal Volume. (Vt Target)
P Support and Max P are related and the difference between them must be less than 20 mbar.
Max P is not displayed when VT Target is set to OFF.
Min and Max I Time – MINIMUM / MAXIMUM INSPIRATION TIME

Min I Time and Max I Time are ventilation parameters that can be adjusted in the alarm menu.
Min I Time defines the minimum duration of time the inspiratory phase is maintained. It takes
priority over activation of the exhalation trigger which can only be triggered after the Min I Time
has expired.
The Backup R is linked to the Min I Time so that the Min I Time setting cannot be greater than half
the inspiratory phase of a cycle triggered by the ventilator.
If Backup R is changed, Min I Time is, if necessary, automatically readjusted so that the difference
between them is always maintained.
The minimum time by default if no parameter is set (Min I Time = AUTO) corresponds to the lower
value in the range of the Rise Time to which an operating margin of 0.3 seconds is added. See
“Rise Time” on page 3-3 for details about Rise Time.
Max I Time defines the maximum duration of time during which the inspiratory phase is
maintained. The switch-over to exhalation occurs, at the latest, after this time has expired.
By default, if no parameter is set, the maximum time (Max I Time = AUTO) is the shortest time
between a fixed time of three (3) seconds and half the duration of the patient’s inspiratory breaths
expressed in seconds. (AUTO equals the lesser of 3 seconds or 30/Rate). This default value will be
applied if it is lower than the Max I Time setting.
Min I Time and Max I Time are related so that the Max I Time cannot be set to a value lower than
the Min I Time.

VTI (Min and/or Max Alarm Settings) – INSPIRATORY TIDAL VOLUME

It is possible to set a minimum and/or maximum Tidal Volume alarm threshold for the patient’s
inspired tidal volume during a cycle.
This setting is used to trigger an alarm if the Tidal volume inspired by the patient is lower than the
minimum threshold set (“LOW VTI” alarm) or greater than the maximum threshold set (“HIGH VTI”
alarm). Refer to chapter 5, “Alarms and Troubleshooting”.
Min VTI and Max VTI are related, and their settings must be set to values that maintain a minimum
difference of 20 ml between the two.
It is not mandatory to set the minimum and maximum VTI alarm limits. When the minimum and
maximum VTI alarm limits are not set, the display will read “OFF” for these settings.
VTE (Min and/or Max Alarm Settings) – EXHALATION TIDAL VOLUME

Use a double limb patient circuit configuration when setting the minimum and/or maximum
Exhalation Tidal Volume alarm parameters.
These thresholds can be set to trigger an alarm if the Tidal volume expired by the patient is lower
than the minimum threshold set (“LOW VTE” alarm) or greater than the maximum threshold set
(“HIGH VTE” alarm). Refer to chapter 5, “Alarms and Troubleshooting”.
Min VTE and Max VTE are related and their settings must be set to values that maintain a minimum
VTE is displayed when ventilating with an exhalation valve.
It is not mandatory to set the minimum and maximum VTE alarm limits. When the minimum and
maximum VTE alarm limits are not set, the display will read “OFF” for these settings.
Max Leak (Max Alarm Settings)

The setting of a high leakage threshold enables a “HIGH LEAKAGE” alarm to be triggered in the
event the calculated leakage flow exceeds this limit. The displayed value corresponds to the mean
parasite leakage flow observed during the exhalation phase.
Max Leak is displayed when ventilating without an exhalation valve.
Setting the Max Leak is not mandatory (it can be set to “OFF”), but the measured value is always
displayed.
Max Rtot (Max Alarm Setting) – TOTAL BREATH RATE

The maximum rate threshold set is used to warn of hyperventilation or ventilator autotriggering.
The alarm setting is used to trigger the “HIGH RATE” alarm. Refer to chapter 5, “Alarms and
Troubleshooting”.
When set, the Max Rtot threshold must always exceed the Backup Rate by 5 bpm. If the Backup
Rate is readjusted, the Max Rtot is automatically readjusted to maintain a minimum difference of
5 bpm.
Setting the Max Rtot is not mandatory (it can be set to “OFF”), but the measured value is always
displayed.
FIO2 – (Min and/or Max Alarm Settings) – FRACTION OF INSPIRED OXYGEN

An FIO2 sensor connected to the patient circuit allows you to determine that the correct level of
oxygen is being delivered to the patient.
Min and Max FIO2 thresholds can be set to trigger “LOW FIO2” or “HIGH FIO2” alarms.
Min FIO2 and Max FIO2 thresholds are related and their settings must maintain a minimum
difference of 10% between the two.

Min and Max FIO2 settings can be set to OFF if an FIO2 sensor is not connected. Settings are
automatically restored once a sensor is reconnected.
These settings are the same for all ventilation modes.
3.2 CPAP Mode Parameters and Setting Ranges

The menus in CPAP (Continuous Positive Airway Pressure) ventilation mode are shown below:
PB560C06 PB560C07
Figure 3-4. Menus in CPAP Mode in leakage configuration
The ventilation parameters and setting ranges available in CPAP mode are listed in Table 3-3.
Table 3-3. Ventilation Parameters in CPAP Menu

PEEP cmH2O, 4 20 1 10 PIP
mbar or
hPa
Apnea Timea s 1 60 1 Auto Backup R
a. not available if Apnea Alarm is set to OFF in Preferences Menu
Table 3-4 lists the available alarm settings in CPAP mode.

Table 3-4. Alarm Parameters in CPAP Mode

Min VTI ml 30 2,000 10 300 Max VTI
Max VTI ml 80 3,000 10 2,000 Min VTI
Max Leak lpm 5 200 5 OFF –
Max Rtot bpm 10 70 1 OFF Backup R
Warning
The CPAP mode does not feature control cycles. Do not use this mode for ventilator-dependent
patients.
Note:
Only leak configuration is available in CPAP mode.


The ventilation mode can be adjusted without PEEP (PEEP is nearly 0 mbar when set to “OFF”).
A PEEP value can be set to determine the level of pressure maintained during the inspiratory phase
and the exhalation phase.
Apnea Time
The Apnea Time “AUTO” setting is 30 seconds.
Apnea Time is not available if Apnea Alarm is set to OFF in the Preferences Menu.

It is possible to set a Min and/or Max Tidal Volume alarm threshold for the patient’s inspired tidal
volume during a cycle.
minimum threshold set (“LOW VTI” alarm) or greater than the maximum threshold set (“HIGH VTI”
Min VTI and Max VTI are related, and their settings must be set to values that maintain a minimum
Max Leak (Max Alarm Settings)

It is not mandatory to set the minimum and maximum LEAK alarm limits. When the minimum and
maximum LEAK alarm limits are not set, the display will read “OFF” for these settings.

The maximum rate threshold set is used to warn of hyperventilation or ventilator autotriggering.
Troubleshooting”.
When set, the Max Rtot threshold must always exceed the Backup Rate by 5 bpm. If the Backup
5 bpm.
displayed.
I Sens – INSPIRATORY TRIGGER SENSITIVITY

The trigger threshold for switching to inhalation cannot be set in CPAP mode. The device is
configured with a default I Sens of 2.
E Sens – EXHALATION TRIGGER SENSITIVITY

The trigger threshold for switching to exhalation cannot be set in CPAP mode. The device is
configured with a default E Sens of 25%.

FIO2 (Min and/or Max Alarm Settings) – Fraction of Inspired Oxygen

3.3 P A/C Mode Parameters and Setting Ranges

The menus in P A/C (Pressure Assisted/Controlled) ventilation mode are shown in Figure 3-5.
PB560C10 PB560C11
Figure 3-5. Menus in P A/C Mode with exhalation valve configuration
PB560C10A PB560C11A
Figure 3-6. Menus in P A/C Mode with leakage configuration

The Ventilation parameters adjustable in P A/C mode are listed in Table 3-5.
Table 3-5. Ventilation Parameters in P A/C Mode Menu
Adjustment Default Linked

Name Units Min. Value Max. Value Resolution Value Parameters
PIP cmH2O, Standby: 2 Standby: 55 1 15 PEEP
mbar or Valve configuration: 5 Valve configuration: 55
hPa
Leak configuration: 6 Leak configuration: 30
PEEP cmH2O, Standby: OFF 20 1 OFF PIP
mbar or Valve configuration: OFF
hPa
Leak configuration: 4
Rise Time – 1 4 1 2 Rate
I/T
Rate bpm 5 60 1 13 Max Rtot
Vt
I:E/ s 1/4 1/1 1/0.1 1/2 –
(I/T) (20%) (50%) (1%) (33%)
I Sens – OFF 5 1 2 –
VT Target ml 50 2000 10 OFF Min VTE
Max VTE
Min VTI
Max VTI
Max P cmH2O, 8 55 1 PIP + 3 PIP
mbar or PEEP
hPa
Table 3-6 lists the adjustable alarm parameters in P A/C mode.

Table 3-6. Alarm Parameters in P A/C Mode

Min VTI ml 30 2,000 10 300 Max VTI
Max VTI ml 80 3,000 10 2000 Min VTI
Min VTE ml 30 1,990 10 300 Max VTE
(with exhalation valve)
Max VTE ml 80 3,000 10 1000 Min VTE
(with exhalation valve)
Max Leak ml 5 200 5 OFF –
(leakage configuration)
Max Rtot bpm 10 70 1 OFF Rate

PIP – Peak Inspiratory Pressure

When Relative Pressure is set to YES in the Setup Menu, PIP allows you to determine inspiratory
pressure added to PEEP during the inspiratory phase.
In this configuration, the sum of PIP and PEEP must not exceed 55 mbar.
When Relative Pressure is set to OFF in the Setup Menu, PIP allows you to determine inspiratory
Absolute pressure.
In this configuration, PIP and PEEP are related and their settings must maintain a minimum

When Relative Pressure is set to YES in the Setup Menu, the sum of PIP and PEEP must not exceed
55 mbar.
When relative pressure is set to OFF, PIP and PEEP are related and their settings must maintain a
minimum difference between the two of 2 mbar in leak configuration and 5 mbar in valve
configuration.
Rise Time
This parameter is used during the inspiration phase to adjust how the pressure setpoint will be
reached. This setting indirectly defines the minimum inspiratory time.
The different levels available are as follows:
Rise time = 200 ms
Rise time = 400 ms
Rise time = 600 ms
Rise time = 800 ms
These time ranges are determined by the combination of the pressure setting required, the breath
rate and the physiological conditions of the patient.
The pressure rise time built-up at each cycle depends on the inspiratory time corresponding to the
combination of the rate setting and the Insp Time setting.
• Rise Time is always possible
• Rise Time is established only if Insp Time 0.7 seconds
• Rise Time is established only if Insp Time 0.9 seconds
• Rise Time is established only if Insp Time 1.1 seconds.
Note:
Insp Time is not a setting and is displayed as Ti when the I:E or I/T ratio is adjusted.
Rate – RESPIRATORY RATE

Rate allows you to define the minimal frequency of mandatory ventilator breaths.
If the patient actuates the inspiration trigger, Total Rate may increase.
Note:

I:E (I/T) Cycling rate

I:E allows you to determine the ratio between the inspiratory breath phase duration and the
exhalation breath phase duration.
I/T allows you to determine the ratio between the inspiratory breath phase duration and the total
breath duration (inhalation + exhalation).
Note:

I Sens allows you to set the level of inspiratory effort the patient has to provide to initiate a machine
breath.
the preceding peak inspiratory flow. I Sens can be set to OFF.
Warning
The inspiration trigger threshold should be carefully modified in order to avoid the risk of false
autotriggering.
VT Target – TARGET TIDAL VOLUME

VT Target allows the ventilator to deliver a target volume of air to the patient.
When a VT Target is set, the ventilator constantly adjusts the target inspiratory pressure between
PIP and Max P to ensure the inspired tidal volume remains as close as possible to the VT target.
VT Target should be more than 10 ml higher than Min VTE and more than 10 ml lower than
Max VTI to avoid triggering VTI or VTE alarms.
The minimum increase or decrease of target inspiratory pressure is 0.5 mbar and the maximum is
2 mbar.
Setting the Vt Target is not mandatory (it can be set to “OFF”).
Max P – MAXIMUM INSPIRATION PRESSURE

reach the Target Tidal Volume. (Vt Target)
PIP and Max P are related and the difference between them must be less than 20 mbar.
Max P is not displayed when VT Target is set to OFF.


volume during a cycle.
This setting is used to trigger an alarm if the tidal volume inspired by the patient is lower than the
minimum threshold set (“LOW VTI” alarm), or greater than the maximum threshold set
(“HIGH VTI” alarm). Refer to chapter 5, “Alarms and Troubleshooting”.
Min VTI and Max VTI are related and their settings must be set to values that maintain a minimum
VTE (Min and/or Max Alarm Settings) – EXPIRED TIDAL VOLUME

A Min and/or Max Tidal volume expired by the patient can always be set but can only be used in a
double limb circuit configuration.
than the minimum threshold set (“LOW VTE” alarm) or greater than the maximum threshold set
(“HIGH VTE” alarm). Refer to chapter 5, “Alarms and Troubleshooting”.
Setting Min VTE and Max VTE is not mandatory (they can be set to “OFF”), but the display of the
measured value is always active in double limb configuration.
Max Leak

The maximum rate threshold setting is used to warn of hyperventilation or autotriggering of the
ventilator. This setting is used to trigger the “HIGH RATE” alarm. Refer to chapter 5, “Alarms and
Troubleshooting”.
The Max Rtot threshold must always be set at least 5 bpm higher than the Rate. If the Rate is
readjusted, the Max Rtot is automatically readjusted to maintain a minimum difference of 5 bpm.
displayed.
FIO2 (Min and/or Max Alarm Settings) – FRACTION OF INSPIRED OXYGEN

Min and Max FIO2 thresholds are related and their settings must maintain a minimum difference of
10% between the two.

3.4 V A/C Mode Parameters and Setting Ranges

The menus in the V A/C (Volume Assisted/Controlled) ventilation mode are shown in Figure 3-7.
PB560C12 PB560C13
Figure 3-7. Menus in the V A/C Mode
The ventilation parameters that are adjustable in the V A/C mode are shown in Table 3-7 on
page 3-14.
Table 3-7. Ventilation Parameters in V A/C Ventilation Mode

Vt ml 50 2000 10 500 Rate
Min VTE
Max VTE
Vt Sigh
PEEP cmH2O, OFF 20 1 OFF Min PIP
mbar or Max PIP
hPa
Ramp Pattern – D SQ – D –
Rate bpm 5 60 1 13 Vt
Max Rtot
I:E – 1/4 1/1 1/0.1 1/2 –
(I/T) (%) (20%) (50%) (1%) (33%)
I Sens – 1P 5 1 2 –
a
Sigh Rate 50 250 50 50 –
Sigh Vt – 1.0 2.0 0.1 1 –
a. When set to YES, Sigh Vt and Sigh Rate are displayed. A Sigh Rate of 50 means a sigh is delivered every 50 breaths.
The alarm parameters adjustable in V A/C mode are as follows:
Table 3-8. V A/C Mode Alarm Parameters

Min PIP cmH2O, 2 52 1 2 PEEP

mbar or Max PIP
hPa
Max PIP cmH2O, 12 60 1 40 PEEP

mbar or Min PIP
hPa
Min VTE ml 30 1,990 10 300 Vt

Table 3-8. V A/C Mode Alarm Parameters (Continued)

Max VTE ml 80 3,000 10 1000 Vt
Vt – VOLUME CONTROL
Vt allows you to set the tidal volume to be delivered to the patient at each inspiratory phase.
For physiological and safety reasons, the Vt setting is limited by the settings of Insp Time and Rate.
The ratio of Vt to Insp Time (Vt / Insp Time) is [3< (Vt x 60) / (Insp Time x 1000) < 100].
Warning
Ensure that the patient circuit is appropriate for the tidal volume setting (tube Ø 22 mm for
adults, and Ø 15 mm for pediatric tidal volumes lower than 200 ml).
PEEP – POSITIVE END EXPIRATORY PRESSURE

The ventilation mode can be adjusted without PEEP (PEEP is nearly 0 mbar when set to “OFF”).
Ramp Pattern – FLOW SHAPE

This parameter is used to adjust the flow distribution shape (or ramp pattern) during the inspiratory
phase.
The three flow patterns available are:
• Ramp Pattern: (square waveform) or constant flow
• Ramp Pattern: Decelerated (sawtooth waveform) or decreasing flow.
• Ramp Pattern: Sinusoidal flow

Rate allows you to define the frequency of ventilation cycles triggered by the ventilator.
If the patient actuates the inspiratory trigger, Total Rate may increase.
For physiological and efficiency reasons, Rate setting is limited by the settings of Vt and I:E (I/T).
I:E (I/T) Ratio – INSPIRATION AND EXHALATION RATIO

I:E allows you to determine the ratio between the inspiratory breath phase duration and the
exhalation breath phase duration.
I/T allows you to determine the ratio between the inspiratory breath phase duration and the total
breath duration. (inhalation + exhalation)
Note:


breath.
Warning
autotriggering.
Sigh VT
A sigh is an increased volume of gas delivered to the patient at a set rate. i.e. every 50 breaths. The
Vt multiplied by Sigh Vt gives the amount of volume delivered to the patient during a Sigh.
Sigh Rate
Sigh Rate is the frequency with which Sigh breaths are delivered.
PIP (Min and Max Alarm Settings) – PEAK INSPIRATORY PRESSURE

A minimum and maximum inspiratory pressure alarm threshold must be set.
The Min PIP (or Low Pressure) setting determines the trigger threshold for the “PATIENT
DISCONNECTION“ alarm. Refer to chapter 5, “Alarms and Troubleshooting”. If this pressure level
is not reached during a fixed time, the alarm is triggered.
Warning
The setting of the LOW PIP alarm must be adjusted for the patient, but must also be set high
enough to allow the “PATIENT DISCONNECTION” alarm to trigger properly. Perform the Low
Pressure Test (refer to section F.1, “Low Pressure Test,” on page F-1) to ensure the LOW PIP alarm
is properly set.
The Max PIP or Max Pressure setting determines the level of pressure which is not to be exceeded
during the inspiratory phase. Once this level is reached, inspiration is terminated, ventilation
switches to exhalation, and a “High PIP“ alarm is triggered. Refer to chapter 5, “Alarms and
Troubleshooting”.
The difference between the Min PIP and Max PIP settings is limited to a minimum of 8 mbar.
This setting is also limited by the setting of PEEP; thus, the Min PIP setting must exceed the PEEP
setting by at least 2 mbar. In addition, the Max PIP setting must exceed the PEEP setting by at least
10 mbar. A change in the PEEP level may lead to automatic changes in the Min PIP and/or Max PIP
thresholds, in order to maintain these setting differences.


Minimum and/or maximum expired tidal volume settings are adjustable, but can only be used with
a double limb circuit configuration.
These thresholds can be set to trigger an alarm if the tidal volume expired by the patient is lower
than the minimum threshold set (“LOW VTE“ alarm) or greater than the maximum threshold set
(“HIGH VTE“ alarm). Refer to chapter 5, “Alarms and Troubleshooting”.
Min VTE and Max VTE are linked to Vt so that Vt must be greater than Min VTE by at least 10 ml
but lower than Max VTE by at least 10 ml.
If Vt is changed, Min VTE and Max VTE are automatically readjusted so that the difference between
them is always maintained.
Setting Min VTE and Max VTE is not mandatory (they can be set to “OFF“, which is the default
setting), but the measured value is always displayed when using double limb configurations.

The maximum rate threshold set monitors the risk of hyperventilation or ventilator autotriggering.
Its setting is used to trigger the “HIGH RATE“ alarm. Refer to chapter 5, “Alarms and
Troubleshooting”.
When set, the Max Rtot threshold must always exceed the Rate setting by at least 5 bpm. If the
5 bpm.
Setting the Max Rtot is not mandatory (it can be set to “OFF“, the default setting), but the
measured value is always displayed.

FIO2 Min and FIO2 Max thresholds are related and their settings must maintain a minimum

3.5 P SIMV Mode Parameters and Setting Ranges

The menus in the P SIMV (Synchronised Intermittent Mandatory Ventilation Pressure) ventilation
mode are shown in Figure 3-8.
PB560C14 PB560C15
Figure 3-8. Menus in P SIMV Ventilation Mode
Table 3-9 shows the adjustable Ventilation parameters in P SIMV mode.

Table 3-9. Ventilation Parameters in P SIMV Ventilation Mode

P Control cmH2O, 5 55 1 15 PEEP
mbar or
hPa
P Support cmH2O, 5 55 1 15 PEEP
mbar or
hPa
PEEP cmH2O, OFF 20 1 OFF P Support
mbar or P Control
hPa PIP
Rate bpm 1 40 1 13 Max Rtot
Insp Time
Insp Time s 0.3 2.4 0.1 1.5 Rate
Vt
Apnea Time
E Sens % 5 (-95) 95 (-5) 5 25 –
I Sens – 1P 5 1 2 –
Rise Time – 1 4 1 2 –
I:E (I/T)

Table 3-10 shows the adjustable alarm parameters in P SIMV mode.

Table 3-10. Alarm Parameters in P SIMV Ventilation Mode
Min. Max. Adjustment Default

Name Units Links
Value Value Resolution Value
Min VTI ml 30 2000 10 300 Max VTI
Max VTI ml 80 3000 10 2000 Min VTI
Min VTE ml 30 1990 10 300 Max VTE
Max VTE ml 80 3000 10 1000 Min VTE
P Control – PRESSURE CONTROL

When Relative Pressure is set to YES in the Setup Menu, P Control allows you to determine
inspiratory pressure added to PEEP during the inspiratory phase of controlled breaths.
In this configuration, the sum of P Control and PEEP must not exceed 55 mbar.
When Relative Pressure is set to OFF in the Setup Menu, P Control allows you to determine
inspiratory Absolute pressure of controlled breaths.
In this configuration, P Control and PEEP are related and their settings must maintain a minimum
P Support – PRESSURE SUPPORT

inspiratory pressure added to PEEP during the inspiratory phase of spontaneous breaths.
inspiratory Absolute pressure of spontaneous breaths.

When Relative Pressure is set to YES in the Setup Menu, the sum of P Control or P Support and
PEEP must not exceed 55 mbar.
When relative pressure is set to OFF, P Control or P Support and PEEP are related and their settings
must maintain a minimum difference between the two of 2 mbar in leak configuration and 5 mbar
in valve configuration.


R-Rate is the rate at which the ventilator control pressure cycles are initiated, excluding apnea
phases.
Rate and Insp Time are related so that if Rate is greater than 12 bpm, then Insp Time must be
between 20% and 80% of the breath cycle duration as determined by Rate:
Insp Time < 0.33 x 60 /R Rate if Rate ≥ 8.
Insp Time ≤2.4 if Rate < 8.
Note:
• During apnea ventilation, the ventilator delivers controlled breaths according to a backup rate
(Backup R) as long as no inspiratory trigger has been detected.
• The Backup R value applied depends on the Rate setting. Hence, Backup R is at least equal to 8 bpm
and is equal to the Rate value if Rate is greater than 8 bpm.
Insp Time – INSPIRATORY TIME CONTROLLED

Insp Time allows you to determine the duration of the inspiratory phase of controlled breaths
triggered by the ventilator and is limited to a 1:2 I:E ratio.
Backup R and Insp Time are related.

breath.
Warning
autotriggering.
Apnea Time
The APNEA TIME adjustment range shall be 1 to 60 seconds. The ventilator shall enable the
modes.

value between 3 seconds and 60/Backup R or Auto = 30 if Backup R = OFF).
Note:
• During apnea ventilation, the ventilator delivers machine controlled breaths according to a backup rate
and takes the Rate value if Rate is greater than 8 bpm.
I Time (Min and Max Settings)

The minimum (Min I Time) and maximum (Max I Time) duration of the inspiratory phase cannot be
set in V SIMV or P SIMV mode. In both the V SIMV and P SIMV modes, the Min I Time defaults to a
setting equal to RISE TIME + 300 ms and the Max I Time defaults to the lesser of 3 seconds or
30/Rate.
Rise Time
The Rise Time during the inspiratory phase can be set in P SIMV mode and the range is 1-5. The
device is configured with a default Rise Time setting of two (2) (or a pressure rise time of 200 ms to
800 ms).

E sens is available in the P SIMV, V SIMV, and PSV modes. In CPAP, E Sens is defaulted to 25% and
is not adjustable.
E Sens allows you to determine sensitivity of switching to exhalation and thus indirectly determines
the inspiratory time of a breath.
Figure 3-9. Exhalation trigger sensitivity
Note:
Refer to chapter 7, “Operating Procedures” for positive and negative E Sens settings.


volume.
minimum threshold set (“LOW VTI“ alarm) or greater than the maximum threshold set (“HIGH VTI“
Min VTI and Max VTI are related and their setting must maintain a minimum difference of 20 ml
between them.

A Min and/or Max Tidal volume expired by the patient can be set but can only be used in a double
limb circuit configuration.
difference of 20 ml between them.
Setting Min VTE and Max VTE is not mandatory (set to “OFF”), but the display of the measured
value is always active in double limb configuration.

The maximum rate threshold set monitors the risk of hyperventilation or ventilator autotriggering.
Its setting is used to trigger the “HIGH RATE“ alarm. Refer to chapter 5, “Alarms and
Troubleshooting”.
When set, the Max Rtot threshold must always exceed the Rate setting by at least 5 bpm. If the
5 bpm.
Setting the Max Rtot is not mandatory (it can be set to “OFF“, the default setting), but the
measured value is always displayed.

Min and Max FIO2 Max thresholds are related and their settings must maintain a minimum

3.6 V SIMV Mode Parameters and Setting Ranges

The menus in the V SIMV (Synchronised Intermittent Mandatory Ventilation Volume) ventilation
mode are shown in Figure 3-10.
PB560C16bis PB560C17bis
Figure 3-10. Menus in V SIMV Ventilation Mode
Table 3-11 shows the adjustments and limits in V SIMV mode.

Table 3-11. Ventilation Parameters in V SIMV Mode

Name Units Links
Vt ml 50 2000 10 500 Min VTE
Max VTE
Insp Time
P Support cmH2O, 5 55 1 15 PEEP
mbar or Min PIP
hPa Max PIP
PEEP cmH2O, OFF 20 1 OFF P Support
mbar or Max PIP
hPa Min PIP
Rate bpm 1 40 1 13 Vt
Max Rtot
Insp Time
Insp Time s 0.3 2.4 0.1 1.5 Vt
Rate
E Sens – 5 (-95) 95 (-5) 5 25 –
I Sens – 1P 5 1 2 Rate
Rise Time – 1 4 1 2 –

Alarm parameters that are adjustable in the V SIMV mode menu and their adjustment limits are
listed in Table 3-12.
Table 3-12. Alarm Parameters in the V SIMV Mode Menu

Name Units Links
Min PIP cmH2O, 2 52 1 2 PIP
mbar or PEEP
hPa Max PIP
Max PIP cmH2O, 12 60 1 40 PIP
mbar or PEEP
hPa Min PIP
Min VTE ml 30 1990 10 300 Vt
Max VTE
Max VTE ml 80 3000 10 1000 Vt
Min VTE
Vt – VOLUME CONTROL
Vt allows you to set the tidal volume delivered to the patient at each inspiration phase of
intermittent or successive controlled breath cycles (triggered by the ventilator) in the event of
patient apnea.
For physiological and safety reasons, the Vt setting is limited by the settings of Insp Time and Rate.
The ratio of Vt to Insp Time (Vt / Insp Time) must be 3 lpm < (Vt *60) / (60/Rate *I/T)
Insp Time*1000) < 100 lpm.
Note:
The Backup R value applied depends on the Rate setting. Hence, Backup R is at least equal to 8 bpm and
takes the Rate value if Rate is greater than 8 bpm.
Warning
Ensure that the patient circuit is appropriate for the tidal volume setting (tube Ø 22 mm for
adults, and Ø 15 mm for pediatric tidal volumes lower than 200 ml).
P Support – PRESSURE SUPPORT

inspiratory pressure added to PEEP during the inspiratory phase of spontaneous breaths.
inspiratory Absolute pressure of spontaneous breaths.


When Relative Pressure is set to YES in the Setup Menu, the sum of P Support and PEEP must not
exceed 55 mbar.
When relative pressure is set to OFF, P Support and PEEP are related and their settings must
maintain a minimum difference between the two of 2 mbar in leak configuration and 5 mbar in

Rate is the rate at which ventilator controlled breaths are triggered, excluding apnea ventilation.
Rate and Insp Time are related so that if Rate is greater than 8 bpm, then Insp Time must be
0.2 x 60 / Rate < Insp Time < 0.8 x 60 / Rate
Note:
• During apnea, ventilation, the ventilator delivers controlled breaths according to a backup rate
(Backup R) as long as no inspiratory trigger has been detected.
• The Backup R value depends on the Rate setting. Hence, Backup R is at least equal to 8 bpm and
becomes equal to the Rate value if Rate is greater than 8 bpm.
Insp Time – INSPIRATORY TIME

Insp Time allows you to determine the inspiratory phase duration of ventilator controlled breaths.
For physiological and efficiency reasons, its setting is limited by those of Vt and Rate.
The ratio Vt/Insp Time must be between 3 litres and 100 litres [3 < (Vt x 60) / (InspTime x 1000) <
100].
Note:
The Backup R value depends on the Rate setting. Hence, Backup R is at least equal to 8 bpm and becomes
equal to the Rate value if Rate is greater than 8 bpm.

I Sens allows you to set the level of inspiratory effort the patient has to provide during the initiation
of a machine breath.
the preceding peak inspiratory flow.

Warning
autotriggering.
Apnea Time
The APNEA TIME adjustment range shall be 1 to 60 seconds. The Ventilator shall enable the
modes.
value between 3 seconds and 60/Backup R or Auto = 30 if Backup R = OFF).
Note:
• During apnea ventilation, the ventilator delivers machine controlled breaths according to a backup rate
and takes the Rate value if Rate is greater than 8 bpm.
I Time (Min and Max)

The minimum (Min I Time) and maximum (Max I Time) duration of the inspiratory phase cannot be
set in V SIMV or P SIMV mode. In both the V SIMV and P SIMV modes, the Min I Time defaults to a
setting equal to RISE TIME + 300 ms and the Max I Time defaults to the lesser of 3 seconds or
30/Rate.
Ramp
The distribution shape (or flow pattern) of the flow rate during the inspiratory phase cannot be set
in V SIMV mode. The device is configured by default with a square wave flow pattern that
represents a constant flow rate .
Rise Time
The Rise Time during the inspiratory phase can be set in V SIMV mode and the range is 1-5. The
ventilator has a default Rise Time of 2 (or a pressure rise time of 400 ms).

E Sens is available in the P SIMV, V SIMV, and PSV mode. E Sens allows you to determine sensitivity
of switching to exhalation and thus indirectly determines the inspiratory time of a breath.
Note:
Refer to chapter 7, “Operating Procedures” for positive and negative E Sens settings.

Figure 3-11. Exhalation trigger sensitivity
PIP (Min and Max Alarm Settings) – PEAK INSPIRATORY PRESSURE

A minimum and maximum pressure alarm threshold must be set.
The Min PIP (or Min Pressure) setting determines the trigger threshold for the “PATIENT
DISCONNECTION“ alarm. Refer to chapter 5, “Alarms and Troubleshooting”.
Warning
The setting of the LOW PIP alarm must be adjusted for the patient, but must also be set high
enough to allow the “PATIENT DISCONNECTION” alarm to trigger properly. Perform the Low
Pressure Test (refer to section F.1, “Low Pressure Test,” on page F-1) to ensure the LOW PIP alarm
is properly set.
The Max PIP or Max Pressure setting determines the level of pressure which is not to be exceeded
during the inspiratory phase. When this level is reached, inspiration is terminated, the device
switches to exhalation, and a “High PIP“ alarm is triggered. Refer to chapter 5, “Alarms and
Troubleshooting”.
The difference between the Min PIP and Max PIP settings is limited to a minimum of 8 mbar. Their
settings are also limited by that of PEEP; thus, Min PIP must be greater than PEEP by at least 2 mbar
and Max PIP must be greater than PEEP by at least 10 mbar. A change in the PEEP level may lead to
automatic changes in the Min PIP and/or Max PIP thresholds so that these differences are always
maintained.

It is possible to set a Min and/or Max alarm threshold for the inspired tidal volume received by the
patient.
VTI allows you to trigger an alarm during breath delivery if the tidal volume inspired by the patient
is lower than the minimum threshold set (“LOW VTI“ alarm) or greater than the maximum
threshold set (“HIGH VTI“ alarm). Refer to chapter 5, “Alarms and Troubleshooting”.
Min VTI and Max VTI are related to Vt such that Vt must be higher than Min VTI by at least 10 ml,
but lower than Max VTI by at least 10 ml.
If Vt is changed, Min VTI and Max VTI are, if necessary, automatically readjusted so that the
difference between them is maintained.
Setting Min VTI and Max VTI is not mandatory (set to “OFF“), but the display of the measured value
is always active in a double limb configuration.


A double limb patient circuit configuration must be used when setting the Min and/or Max Tidal
volume alarm limits.
Min VTE and Max VTE are linked to Vt such that Vt must be greater than Min VTE by at least 10 ml
but lower than Max VTE by at least 10 ml.
If Vt is changed, Min VTE and Max VTE are, if necessary, automatically readjusted so that the
difference between them is always maintained.
Setting Min VTE and Max VTE is not mandatory (each can be set to “OFF“), but the measured value
is always displayed using a double limb patient circuit.

The maximum rate threshold set is used to monitor and alarm for ventilator autotriggering.
Troubleshooting”.
When set, the Max Rtot threshold must always exceed the Backup Rate by 5 bpm; the Max Rtot is
automatically readjusted to maintain a minimum difference of 5 bpm.
Setting the Max Rtot is not mandatory (it can set to “OFF”), but the measured value is always
displayed.

automatically restored once a sensor is reconnected. These settings are the same for all ventilation
modes.

3.7 FIO2 For Various Oxygen and Ventilator Settings
Inhalation flow (LPM) = Volume (L) x 60 / Inspiratory time (S).
Note:
Tests conducted in a valve configuration. Results can vary according to whether the circuit is configured
with or without a valve and patient lung characteristics.
Warning
The Puritan Bennett™ 560 Ventilator can be used with an optional oxygen analyser with


4 Monitored Parameters
During ventilation, ventilator parameters measured or calculated are highlighted in the menus used
for setting the ventilation parameters, the alarms, and the waveforms.
In addition to the display of monitored ventilation parameters, ventilation is displayed graphically,
as follows:
• Pressure bar chart, in the ventilation parameters setting menu
• Pressure and flow rate waveforms, according to time, in the graphic menu (if waveforms was
selected in the preferences menu). Refer to chapter 7, “Operating Procedures”.
Note:
To monitor patient oxygen levels use an external sensor/alarm.
4.1 Digital Monitoring

The ventilation parameters monitored or calculated are highlighted in each of the main menus:
• Ventilation menu (Figure 4-1, Figure 4-2, Figure 4-3)
• Alarm menu (Figure 4-4, Figure 4-5, Figure 4-6)
• Waveform menu (Figure 4-7, Figure 4-8, Figure 4-9)
PB560C18
Figure 4-1. Ventilation Menu: Pressure Leakage Configuration Modes (CPAP, PSV S, PSV ST, PCV, P A/C)
PB560C19
Figure 4-2. Ventilation Menu: Pressure Valve Configuration Modes (PSV S, PSV ST, PCV, P A/C)
Monitored Parameters
PB560C20
Figure 4-3. Ventilation Menu: Volume Mode (CV, V A/C, SIMV)

PB560C21
Figure 4-4. Alarm Menu: Pressure Leakage Modes (CPAP, PSV S, PSV ST, PCV, P A/C)
PB560C22
Figure 4-5. Alarm Menu: Pressure Valve Modes (PSV S, PSV ST, PCV, P A/C)
PB560C23
Figure 4-6. Alarm Menu: Volume Modes (CV, V A/C, SIMV)

PB560C24
Figure 4-7. Waveform Menu: Pressure Leakage Modes (CPAP, PSV S, PSV ST, PCV, P A/C)
PB560C25
Figure 4-8. Waveform Menu: Pressure Valve Modes (PSV S, PSV ST, PCV, P A/C)
PB560C26
Figure 4-9. Waveform Menu: Volume Mode (CV, V A/C, SIMV)
Monitored parameter values are updated every two breath cycles and are displayed in the form of
inserts, as shown in Figure 4-10.
PB560C26A
1
PB560C26
2
3
1 Parameter name
2 Measured or calculated value
3 Unit of measure
Figure 4-10. Monitored Parameter Inserts

If the monitored value for a parameter is not applicable or unavailable, the value is replaced by a
hyphen “–” as shown in Figure 4-11.
PB560C27
Figure 4-11. Display Showing Unavailable Parameter Values
Inspiratory Trigger
During each inspiration phase triggered by the patient, the Inspiratory Effort Detected symbol is
displayed beside the cycling I:E ratio in the ventilation, alarm, or waveform menus (see
Figure 4-12).
The patient triggers the ventilator by inhaling the amount of flow and the ventilator responds by
delivering either a pressure-based or volume-based breath.
PB560C28 PB560C29
Figure 4-12. Inspiratory Effort Detected Indicator
Displayed Monitored Parameters
Table 4-1. Displayed Monitored Parameters
Monitored Display Description

Parameters
Exhaled Tidal Volume VTE Patient exhaled flow is measured by the exhalation flow transducer
and that measurement is used to calculate volume (the flow
transducers do not directly measure volume).
The displayed value is updated at each inspiration, but is available
only in the double limb patient circuit configuration.
Exhalation Time E Time Exhalation time measured.
The displayed value (waveform only) is updated at each inspiration.
Fraction of Inspired FIO2 Percentage of oxygen inspired by the patient.
Oxygen The displayed value (waveform only) is updated at each inspiration.
I:E Ratio I:E Ratio of inspiratory time measured to exhalation time measured.
The displayed value is updated at each inspiration.

Table 4-1. Displayed Monitored Parameters (Continued)
Monitored Display Description

Parameters
Inspiratory Tidal Volume VTI Flow delivered by the ventilator to the patient at each inspiratory
phase is measured by the inspiratory transducer and that
measurement is used to calculate volume (the flow transducers do
not directly measure volume).
Currently when a Pressure Controlled or Pressure Support breath is
delivered in valve ventilation and a leak is present, the ventilator will
increase flow to reach the pressure target. The monitored VTI in
Pressure Controlled or Pressure Support breaths reflects the amount
of flow the ventilator delivers from the outlet port during
inhalation. The monitored value will increase (possibly to an
abnormally high number) when a leak is present. This displayed
value is not what is delivered to the patient.
Inspiratory Time I Time Inspiratory time measured.
The displayed value (only in waveform menu) is updated at each
exhalation.
Leak Leak Available only in the single limb patient circuit in leak configuration.
The displayed value (only in waveform menu) is updated at each
inspiration.
Minute Volume M Vol Flow delivered at each breath to the patient is measured by the
inspiratory transducer and that measurement is used to calculate
minute volume (Vt x Rtot) (the flow transducers do not directly
measure volume).
The displayed value is updated at each exhalation.
Peak lnspiratory PIP Highest circuit pressure during each inspiration phase measured
Pressure with the proximal pressure sensor.
The displayed value is updated at each exhalation.
Positive End Expiratory PEEP End exhalation pressure is measured by the proximal pressure
Pressure sensor.
Rate Rtot Total number of breaths measured per minute.
The displayed value is based on each breath and is updated at each
inspiration.

4.2 Bargraph Display

In the ventilation menu, the highlighted bargraph dynamically displays pressures established
throughout the breath cycle (Figure 4-13).
PB560C30
Figure 4-13. Bargraph Display
The PIP value reached during a cycle is represented by a line at the top of the bargraph
(Figure 4-13, item 1) which remains displayed until the maximum value of the following cycle has
been reached.
The PEEP value is represented by a line at the bottom of the bargraph (Figure 4-13, item 2).
4.3 Waveform Display

The waveform screen is only accessible during ventilation from the alarm parameters screen using
the MENU key. Its display has been configured in the Preferences menu (refer to chapter 7,
“Operating Procedures”).
• The Pressure waveform and the Flow waveform are referenced to Time. On these waveforms,
the maximum Pressure and Flow lines are updated each time the graphic window is refreshed
(every two breath cycles).
• The scales for Pressure and Flow automatically adjust according to the maximum levels
measured over the last three cycles. The time scale also adjusts automatically according to the
breath rate frequency, which allows the display of two consecutive cycles.
The waveform screen is shown in Figure 4-14.
PB560C31
1 4 1. Ventilation Mode
2. Pressure over last two
2
cycles1
3. Maximum Flow over
last two cycles
4. Frozen waveform
3 symbol
5. Inspiratory trigger
symbol
1. Pressure and flow scales are
5 adjusted over three cycles,
but only two cycles are
displayed.
Figure 4-14. Waveform Screen

Waveform tracing can be frozen at any time, which enables the analysis of pressure and flow
waveforms, while continuing patient ventilation.
To freeze the waveform trace:

Press the DOWN key.
• The waveform display is frozen.
• The display of the last numerical monitored values remains fixed.
• The Freeze Waveform symbol is displayed in the upper part of the screen.
To unfreeze the waveform trace:

Press the UP key.
• Waveform tracing continues.
• The display of the numerical values monitored is refreshed.
• The Freeze Waveform symbol disappears.
The Freeze Waveform function remains active even when changing the ventilation or alarm menu,
or stopping ventilation. Accessing the Preferences Menu or the Alarm logs screen while the Freeze
Waveform function is active deactivates this function.
To dismiss the waveform screen manually:

Press the MENU key.
The waveform screen is automatically dismissed:

• When a High priority alarm is triggered.
• When you press the VENTILATION ON/OFF key to stop ventilation.
4.4 Ventilation Report

The Ventilation Report is available in the Preferences Menu (refer to chapter 7, “Operating
Procedures”). The Ventilation Report updates daily at 8 a.m. and shows the average readings from
the previous 24 hours. Refer to Figure 4-15.
PB560C33
Figure 4-15. Ventilation Report
Note:
The values displayed in the Ventilation Report are reinitalised when the software is updated or the patient
counter is reset to zero.

The following data is displayed in the Ventilation Report:
Vent Time – Ventilation Time

The ventilation duration data is based on the patient counter and shows the total ventilation time
in hours and minutes over the precious 24 hour period.
VTI – Inspired Tidal Volume

When ventilating with an exhalation valve, the VTI is the average inspired tidal volume during each
ventilation cycle over the previous 24 hour period.
When ventilating in leak mode, the VTI is the average volume delivered by the ventilator during
each ventilation cycle over the previous 24 hour period.
VTE – Exhaled Tidal Volume

When ventilating with a double limb circuit configuration and an exhalation valve, the VTE is the
average exhaled volume during each ventilation cycle over the previous 24 hour period.
In a single limb circuit configuration this value is not measured.
PAW – Peak Airway Pressure

The Peak Airway Pressure is the average peak pressure during the inspiratory phase, measured by
each cycle and over the previous 24 hour period.
Rate – Respiratory Rate

The Respiratory Rate is the average of the total respiratory frequency of the patient and the
ventilator measured over the previous 24 hour period.
Leak
When ventilating with a leak configuration circuit, it is the average parasitic leak during each cycle
and over the past 24 hour period. When ventilating with a single limb circuit there is no average
leak.
AI – Apnea Index
The Apnea index is average number of apnea events per hour of ventilation. It is based on the
Apnea Alarm.
Apnea Ti – Apnea Time

Accumulated apnea time over the previous 24 hour period.
Spont Cyc – Spontaneous Cycling

This is the percentage of ventilation cycles initiated by the patient and the ventilator over the
previous 24 hour period.
Machine
Total time in hours that the ventilator has been switched on since manufacture.
Patient
Total time in hours and minutes that the current patient has been ventilated.

5 Alarms and Troubleshooting
Warning
Setting Alarm limits to extreme values can cause the ventilator alarms to malfunction.
When an alarm condition is triggered, or there is evidence of a patient-ventilator fault or
The alarms or faults generated by your Puritan Bennett™ 560 Ventilator are classified into two
categories:
• Ventilation (or utilisation) alarms
• Technical faults
Some of the ventilator alarms are adjustable, depending on ventilation modes (refer to chapter 3,
“Operating Parameters”). Automatic, non-adjustable alarms also exist to create a safety net for
safer patient ventilation.
Alarms indicate events likely to affect the ventilation in the short term and necessitate rapid
intervention (refer to section 5.8, “Troubleshooting,” on page 5-13).
Technical faults do not directly affect machine operation. Therefore, the user is not alerted to
technical faults. Only authorised and trained technicians may consult the maintenance menu (refer
to the Puritan Bennett 560 Service Manual).
Note:
Default alarm setting preferences should be entered prior to using the ventilator.
5.1 Alarm Level of Priority

The alarm hierarchy for signalling the level of alarm criticality is listed below.
• Very High Priority (VHP): Immediate critical situation; ventilation is impossible:
Continuous Sound Signaling / With or Without Continuous Red LED Illumination / With or
Without Message / With or Without Display Lighting (it is possible for an alarm condition to
occur that may not have both a message and lighting).
• High Priority (HP): Critical situation in the short term; ventilation is potentially
compromised:
High Speed Intermittent Sound Signaling / Flashing Red LED Illumination / With Message /
With Display Lighting
• Medium Priority (MP): Critical situation in the long term; ventilation is not affected
in the short term:
Medium Speed Intermittent Sound Signaling / Flashing Yellow LED Illumination / With
Message / With Display Lighting
Note:
There are currently no Low Priority (LP) Alarms.
Alarms and Troubleshooting
Note:
If there is no corrective action and if the audible alarm is not inhibited (Audio Paused) or reset (Alarm
Reset) within 60 seconds, High Priority alarms will sound at the maximum level of 85 dB(A).
5.2 Alarm Display

During operation, when an alarm is activated:
• One of the red or yellow alarm indicators to the left of the ALARM CONTROL key
illuminates and flashes.
• An alarm tone sounds.
• A message is displayed and flashes in reverse video at the bottom of the Ventilation Menu or
Alarm Menu.
ALARM INDICATORS
VENTILATION MENU ALARM MENU
PB560C34 PB560C35
ALARM MESSAGES
Figure 5-1. Alarm Displays
Note:
There are currently no Low Priority (LP) Alarms.
When an alarm is triggered, if the current menu displayed is not the Ventilation parameters or
Alarm menu, the display automatically switches to one of these menus to display the alarm
message.
In the event several alarms are activated at the same time, the highest priority audible and visual
alarm is highlighted; however, all active messages are displayed, in the sequence in which they
occurred.

5.3 Alarm Logs Menu

All alarms are recorded in the internal memory of the ventilator at the time they are activated.
The Alarm Logs menu is used to display the last eight (8) alarms activated, along with their date
and time of activation.
To access the Alarm Logs menu, do the following:

1. Press the MENU key to access the alarm setting menu (if this is not the menu currently
displayed).
2. Press the DOWN key several times or press until the cursor is on the “Alarm Logs” line at
the bottom of the page. The display appears as follows:
PB560C36
Figure 5-2. Accessing Alarm Logs Menu
3. Press the ENTER key. The Alarm Logs screen is displayed.

PB560C42
Figure 5-3. Displaying the Alarm Logs Screen
Note:
When no alarm has been activated, “NO DATA” is displayed on the screen (see graphic below).
PB560C43
Figure 5-4. Alarm Logs Display when No Alarm Activated
For more information on the “USER’S CLEAR ALERTS” line, refer to section 5.6, “Re-activating
Alarms,” on page 5-6.

To dismiss the Alarm Logs screen manually:

Press the ENTER key when the cursor is on the “Back” line.
The Alarm Logs screen is dismissed automatically:

• After 15 seconds if no keyboard action is detected
• When a High Priority alarm is triggered
Note:
Only qualified service personnel may access all alarms and events recorded by the ventilator. Qualified
personnel should refer to the Puritan Bennett™ 560 Service Manual for further information.
5.4 Silencing the Audible Portion of Alarms

You may silence the audible portion of alarms for 60 seconds at a time. This is referred to as the
Audio Paused function.
To silence the audible portion of activated alarms:

Press the ALARM CONTROL key.
• The audible portion of all activated alarms is paused.
• The visual portions (light indicator and message) of activated alarms remain visible.
• The Audio Paused symbol is displayed at the top right of the screen while the audio
pause function is active.
PB560C38
Figure 5-5. Silencing the Audible Portion of Alarms
If several alarms are activated at the same time, pressing the ALARM CONTROL key affects
all current alarms.
The audible portion of activated alarms is automatically reactivated:

• After 60 seconds, if the cause(s) of the alarm(s) persist(s)
• Whenever a new alarm is activated
Note:
If a key is stuck or held down for 45 seconds a keypad alarm will occur.

5.5 Pausing/Resetting Alarms

Warning
Alarm volume should be adjusted with respect to the ventilator’s operating environment and so
that the patient's caretakers can hear the alarms. The audible alarm vents located at the front of
the device should never be obstructed. The alarm can be paused with the Alarm Pause function
by pressing the ALARM CONTROL key twice once the alarm has been declared.
Some alarms are not automatically cancelled when the condition causing the alarm clears e.g.
HIGH PRESSURE. Some alarms can be paused manually even if the cause(s) of their activation
remain(s).
To manually pause an alarm, proceed as follows:

Press the ALARM CONTROL key twice.
• The alarm is paused until the alarm condition is corrected and the condition reoccurs: the
audible portion, light indicator, and message are all halted (for the alarms which can be
paused manually).
• The Alarm Paused symbol is displayed at the top right of the Ventilation, Alarms, and
Waveforms screens. Refer to Figure 5-6.
PB560C40
Figure 5-6. Manually Pausing Alarms
When no other alarms are currently activated, the last alarm cancelled is displayed continuously in
the alarm message window in the Alarms menu, along with the date and time of its activation. The
High Pressure alarm must be manually reset. Refer to section 5.7, “Overview of Alarms,” on page
5-7.
To manually reset the High Pressure Alarm, proceed as follows:
Press the ALARM CONTROL key twice.
• The visual alarms will be reset.

5.6 Re-activating Alarms

Alarms that have been paused and whose activation conditions continue to exist can be
reactivated.
To reactivate alarms, proceed as follows:

1. Press the MENU key to access the Alarm Setting menu, if this is not the menu currently
displayed.
2. Press the DOWN key to position the cursor on the “Alarm Logs” line, if this is not
already the case. Refer to the following graphic:
PB560C39
Figure 5-7. Reactivating Alarms
3. Press the ENTER key, to confirm access to the “Alarm Logs” menu.
4. Press the UP key to position the cursor on the “USER’S CLEAR ALERTS” line. Refer to the
following graphic:
PB560C42
Figure 5-8. Alarm Logs
5. Press the ENTER key for at least three (3) seconds. The following events occur:
• A “beep” sounds.
• An audible alarm sounds.
• An alarm indicator illuminates.
• The messages of all active alarms are displayed in a loop in the Ventilation and Alarm
menus.
• The Audio Paused symbol disappears (if it was displayed).
• The Alarm Paused symbol disappears.

5.7 Overview of Alarms
Note:
The message: “*IF PERSISTS RESTART/SRVC” will occur only if the alarm condition continues for longer
than 30 seconds.
Table 5-1. Overview of Alarms
Audio Alarm
Alarm Message Cause/Ventilator Response Priority Paused Paused
Avail. Avail.
Cut-off of the AC (mains) power supply.
Alarm activation occurs:
• After 5 seconds if ventilation is
stopped
AC POWER
• At the start of a ventilation cycle MP Yes Yes
DISCONNECTION
when ventilation is in progress.
Consequence: switch over to external
DC power supply if present, otherwise
to the internal battery.
No inspiratory trigger detected by the
ventilator after the apnea time set in Yes –
APNEA PSV, CPAP, P SIMV and V SIMV modes. MP Yes except for
Automatically clears itself after two CPAP
successive patient breaths.
Ventilator has detected an internal
BATTERY FAULT1 battery fault.
MP Yes No
RESTART/SRVC Consequence: the internal battery is
disabled from use.
BATTERY FAULT2 No internal battery detected.
MP Yes No
RESTART/SRVC
BUZZER Occurs when the buzzer battery is too

low to sound the POWER SUPPLY LOSS MP Yes Yes
LOW BATTERY alarm.
BUZZER FAULT1 Defective operation of the buzzers.
MP Yes No
RESTART/SRVC
Failure detected in the Very High Priority
BUZZER FAULT2 buzzer.
MP Yes Yes
RESTART/SRVC Consequence: no audible alarm in case
of POWER SUPPLY LOSS alarm.
Battery Charge Failure due to incorrect
BUZZER FAULT3
voltage. Contact your service HP Yes No
RESTART/SRVC
representative for assistance.
Buzzer Battery Failure. The Battery
Buzzer Voltage is too low.
BUZZER FAULT4
Internal technical problem that prevents MP Yes Yes
RESTART/SRVC
the battery sounding the POWER
SUPPLY LOSS alarm.
An FIO2 sensor is detected and has not
CALIBRATE FIO2 MP Yes Yes
been calibrated.

Table 5-1. Overview of Alarms (Continued)
Audio Alarm
Avail. Avail.
Failure of one calibration point of the
internal exhaled flow sensor.
CALIBRATION FAIL MP Yes Yes
Consequence: failed calibration point is
replaced by the default point.
CHECK BATTERY Internal battery charging failure.
CHARGE Consequence: charging of the internal MP Yes Yes
IF PERSISTS battery impossible.
RESTART/SRVC
Inspired tidal volume during exhalation
CHECK EXH VALVE*
< 20% of Inspired tidal volume and
*IF PERSISTS Inspired tidal volume > 20 mL. HP Yes No
RESTART/SRVC
Exhalation valve obstructed.
Internal ventilation fault related to
CHECK EXH VALVE
exhalation valve detection sensor. HP Yes Yes
PRESSURE (pressure sensor)
CHECK FIO2 FIO2 measurement is less than 18%.
HP Yes No
SENSOR Recalibrate or change FIO2 sensor.
1. Loss of signal from the proximal
pressure sensor
Consequence: switch to internal

pressure sensor for the pressure
measurement.
CHECK PROXIMAL Alarm activation occurs:
LINE1* In the event of signal loss (1):
After one ventilation cycle MP Yes No
*IF PERSISTS
RESTART/SRVC or
In the event of signal loss (2) and after
the 17th breath cycle:
After 17 seconds for P A/C and V A/C
modes, or after the maximum time
between 17 seconds and Apnea Time +
4 seconds for CPAP, PSV, P SIMV, and
V SIMV modes
No activation of Nurse Call or remote
CHECK REMOTE
alarm system when an alarm is in MP Yes Yes
ALARM progress.
• Systematically after software versions
have changed.
CHECK • Loss of memorised parameters
MP Yes Yes
SETTINGS Consequence:
• Locking Key disabled
• Out-of-range settings are replaced by
their default values
No exhalation valve connected with
CONNECT VALVE PEEP set to less than 4 mbar or
HP Yes No
OR CHANGE PRESS PIP set to more than 30 mbar when
relative pressure is set to OFF.

Audio Alarm
Avail. Avail.
CONTROLLED The ventilator is delivering apnea
NA No No
CYCLES ventilation at set back up rate.
Ventilator cooling fan operating speed

COOLING FAN
not suited to the internal ambient MP Yes Yes
RESTART/SRVC temperature of the device.
Cut-off of the external DC power
DC POWER supply.
MP Yes Yes
DISCONNECTION Consequence: switch-over to the
internal battery.
DEVICE FAULT3 Failure in the 24 V
HP Yes No
RESTART/SRVC power supply.
Detection of a fault in the electrical
power supply system.
DEVICE FAULT5
Consequence: the internal battery MP Yes Yes
RESTART/SRVC
capacity is not displayed beside the
battery symbol.
DEVICE FAULT7 Detection of a fault in internal voltage
HP Yes No
RESTART/SRVC measurement.
DEVICE FAULT9 POST RAM Error. RAM Read/Write does
VHP No No
RESTART/SRVC not match memory setting.
POST FLASH Checksum Error. Startup
DEVICE FAULT10
FLASH computed checksum does not VHP No No
RESTART/SRVC match memory setting.
DEVICE FAULT11 POST EEPROM Error. Startup EEPROM
VHP No No
RESTART/SRVC does not match memory setting.
DEVICE FAULT12 POST Reference Voltage Error. 5V or 10V
VHP No No
RESTART/SRVC reference voltage error.
DEVICE FAULT13 Software Version Error
VHP No No
RESTART/SRVC
E SENS FAULT OR At least four of the last six spontaneous
MP Yes No
CIRC LEAK breaths are terminated by time.
Internal battery capacity < 10 min. or

3%.
EMPTY BATTERY (battery voltage < 22.5V) HP No No
Consequence: ventilation comes to a
halt.
Abnormally high expired flow during the
inspiratory phase of three consecutive
EXH VALVE breaths (in double-limb setup). MP Yes No
LEAKAGE Alarm activation occurs:
After three consecutive breaths.
FIO2 SENSOR No FIO2 sensor detected and the FIO2
HP Yes Yes
MISSING alarm is active.
HIGH / LOW
BATTERY TEMP* Battery temperature out of tolerance.
MP Yes Yes
*IF PERSISTS Consequence: battery charging stops.
RESTART/SRVC

Audio Alarm
Avail. Avail.
The level of oxygen delivered by the
HIGH FIO2 ventilator exceeds the Max FIO2 level MP Yes No
set.
HIGH INT TEMP Device internal ambient temperature out
COOL VENT* of tolerance range.
MP Yes Yes
*IF PERSISTS
RESTART/SRVC
The LEAK estimated by the ventilator
HIGH LEAKAGE MP Yes No
exceeds the Max LEAK alarm threshold.
• In V A/C or V SIMV modes, if Inspiratory
Pressure is higher than Max PIP during
three consecutive cycles.
or
• In PSV, CPAP, P A/C, or P SIMV modes, HP
if Inspiratory Pressure is higher than Note:
(P Support or P Control + PEEP) + When alarm
5 mbar up to 29 mbar or + 10 mbar condition No
over 30 mbar during three consecutive clears, alarm (The visual
cycles. priority portion of
HIGH PRESSURE Yes
or indicator the alarm
• In PSV or CPAP mode and P Support is must be may be
set to off, if Inspiratory Pressure is higher manually paused)
than PEEP + 10 mbar during three reset by
consecutive cycles. pressing the
Alarm activation occurs: key.
• After three consecutive breaths.
Consequence:
• Switch to exhalation phase.
Rate measured greater than Max Rtot
set during three consecutive breaths.
HIGH RATE MP Yes No
Expired tidal volume greater than Max
VTE set during three consecutive breaths
HIGH VTE (in double limb setup). MP Yes No
Inspired tidal volume greater than Max
VTI set during three consecutive breaths
in PSV, CPAP, P A/C, P SIMV, and V SIMV
HIGH VTI modes. HP Yes No
Inspiratory flow is constant ( 1 lpm)
INSP FLOW with normal turbine temperature and
HP Yes No
RESTART/SRVC speed conditions. Contact your service
representative for assistance.
INTENTIONAL VENT Ventilation has been stopped voluntarily
HP Yes Yes
STOP by the caregiver or patient.

Audio Alarm
Avail. Avail.
KEYPAD FAULT Keyboard key held down for more than

RESTART/SRVC* 45 seconds.
HP No No
*IF PERSISTS
RESTART/SRVC
Internal battery capacity < 30 min. or
LOW BATTERY HP Yes No
8%.
The level of oxygen delivered by the
LOW FIO2 ventilator is below the Min FIO2 level MP Yes No
set.
Expired tidal volume less than Min VTE
set during three consecutive breaths (in
LOW VTE double-limb setup). MP Yes No
Inspired tidal volume less than Min VTI
set during three consecutive breaths in
PSV, CPAP, P A/C, P SIMV and V SIMV
LOW VTI modes. MP Yes No
Proximal pressure < 0.6 mbar for 100 ms
NO during inspiration phase of 3rd breath
PROXIMAL LINE2* cycle.
MP Yes No
*IF PERSISTS Ventilator response: Switch to internal
RESTART/SRVC pressure sensor for pressure
measurement.
Occurs in VALVE configuration when the
OCCLUSION tidal volume is measured below 20 ml
CHECK CIRCUIT* during three consecutive breaths for
PSV, CPAP, PA/C and P SIMV modes. HP Yes No
*IF PERSISTS Alarm activation occurs after three
RESTART/SRVC consecutive breaths if tidal volume is less
than 20 mL.
Occurs in LEAK configuration when the
LEAK level is not sufficient to flush the
OCCLUSION CO2 from patient exhalation. The built-
in LEAK in the mask may be obstructed. HP Yes No
CHECK CIRCUIT
The built-in leak for the mask is or not
sufficient for the settings.

Audio Alarm
Avail. Avail.
Alarm activation occurs if conditions
remain for the maximum time between:
• disconnection time and 60/R-Rate in
P A/C and V A/C mode
• disconnection time and (Apnea time
+2 sec) in CPAP and PSV mode
• disconnection time and (60/R-Rate +
PATIENT Insp time) in P SIMV and V SIMV
DISCONNECTION* mode.
HP Yes No
*IF PERSISTS
If the flow is greater than 130 lpm
RESTART/SRVC during the inspiratory phase.
In V A/C and V SIMV modes, if patient
pressure is lower than Min PIP.
In PSV, CPAP, P A/C modes and P SIMV
if patient pressure is lower than
(P Support + PEEP) - 20% or
(P Control + PEEP) - 20%.
POWER FAULT Detection of a fault in the electrical
MP Yes Yes
RESTART/SRVC power supply system.
1. Electrical power supply to the

machine is interrupted with the I/O
switch when ventilation is in progress
or
POWER SUPPLY 2. Battery fully discharged when it was
LOSS the only source of power to the VHP No Yes
ventilator.
(no message)
Consequence: ventilation stops
immediately. Ventilation restarts
immediately when the switch is pressed
in case 1 (above) or after restoration of
the AC or DC supply in case 2 (above).
Faulty internal pressure sensor signal.
PRES SENS FLT1
Alarm activation occurs: HP Yes No
RESTART/SRVC
• After 15 seconds.
Faulty proximal pressure sensor signal.
PROX SENS FLT2
Alarm activation occurs: MP Yes Yes
RESTART/SRVC
• After 15 seconds.
The ventilation settings are not
compatible with the type of patient
REMOVE VALVE circuit used. HP Yes No
CPAP MODE
Remove exhalation valve to start CPAP
ventilation.
The ventilation settings are not
compatible with the type of patient
REMOVE VALVE OR circuit used.
HP Yes No
CHANGE PRES With a valve circuit, the difference
between PIP and PEEP should not be less
than 5 mbar.
SOFTWARE VERSION
Detection of a wrong software version. NA NA NA
ERROR

Audio Alarm
Avail. Avail.
Turbine speed too low and temperature
TURB OVERHEAT too high.
HP No No
RESTART/SRVC Consequence: ventilation stops
immediately and O2 supply stops.
UNKNOWN The internal battery is not recognised as
MP Yes No
BATTERY a Puritan Bennett™ product battery.
Connect exhalation valve to start

VALVE MISSING
ventilation in V A/C or V SIMV / P SIMV HP Yes No
CONNECT VALVE modes.
Measurement and calculation of tidal
volume do not match Vt set during six
VTI NOT consecutive breaths in VOL inspired and
REACHED* V SIMV modes.
HP Yes No
*IF PERSISTS Alarm activation occurs:
RESTART/SRVC • After six consecutive breaths – once
the ventilator has reached its
performance limits.
5.8 Troubleshooting
Warning
This manual tells you how to respond to ventilator alarms, but it does NOT tell you how to
respond to the patient.
To ensure proper servicing and avoid the possibility of physical injury to personnel or damage
to the ventilator, only personnel authorised and qualified by Covidien should attempt to service
or make authorised modifications to the Puritan Bennett 560 Ventilator.
5.8.1 Alarms
Table 5-2 offers a guide to the most likely ventilator alarms, possible reasons for the alarms, and
corrective actions.
Warning
Except for replacing the internal battery and performing the recommended maintenance
described in Chapters 8 through 10 of this manual, do not try to repair or otherwise service the
ventilator yourself, or modify the ventilator, its components, or accessories. Doing so might
endanger the patient, cause damage to the ventilator, and/or void your warranty. Only
qualified service personnel should attempt repair of the ventilator.
Note:
The ventilator screen must be unlocked before setting and parameters can be changed.

Table 5-2. Alarms and Corrective Actions
Alarm Message or Possible Reason(s) For The Alarm Event Corrective Action(s)
Symptom
Cancel the alarm then check the supply
cable and/or the effective availability of a
voltage on the AC power (“mains”) port.
AC (“mains”) power source cut off.
Cancel the alarm then check the power
cable availability of a voltage on the AC
AC POWER
DISCONNECTION power (“mains”) outlet.
Starting with 12 – 30 VDC external power
Cancel the alarm.
supply.
Replace the ventilator and call for the
Current-limiting fuse of the device blown.
maintenance technician.
Ensure the patient is breathing and adjust
Patient’s breathing effort less than the
the inspiratory setting appropriately based
Sensitivity control setting.
on patient’s respiratory needs.
Examine the patient for breathing effort and
stimulate if necessary.
Patient apnea. If patient status has changed adjust the
APNEA
ventilator settings based on patient’s
respiratory needs.
Have a qualified technician replace the
Defective sensors. defective component(s) and call your
customer service representative.
Restart ventilator to see if alarm clears.
BATTERY FAULT1 Battery problem that prevents it from
If not, replace the ventilator and call your
RESTART/SRVC operating.
BATTERY FAULT2 Internal battery missing or not detected. If not, replace the ventilator and call your
RESTART/SRVC customer service representative.
Defective operation of the buzzers. Restart ventilator to see if alarm clears.
BUZZER FAULT1 If not, replace the ventilator and call your
RESTART/SRVC Consequence: no audible tone when an
alarm is activated. customer service representative.
Ensure that the protective cover over the I/O
switch located on the rear of the device is
Internal technical problem that prevents intact and functioning properly. This cover
BUZZER FAULT2 the very high priority “POWER SUPPLY helps prevent accidental pressing of the I/O
RESTART/SRVC switch and stoppage of the ventilation.
LOSS” alarm from triggering.
Ensure that the device is stabilised.
Call your customer service representative.
BUZZER FAULT3 Restart ventilator to see if alarm clears.
Internal technical problem that prevents
RESTART/SRVC If not, replace the ventilator and call your
the battery from correctly charging.
Connect the ventilator to AC power and
switch on the device using the on/off at the
Internal technical problem that prevents rear of the ventilator (I/O). Leave to charge
BUZZER FAULT4 the battery warning buzzer from sounding for at least 15 minutes.
RESTART/SRVC
POWER SUPPLY LOSS alarm. If persists restart ventilator to see if alarm
clears. If not, replace the ventilator and call
your customer service representative.
Connect the ventilator to AC power and
Buzzer battery is too low to sound POWER switch on the device using the on/off at the
BUZZER LOW BATTERY SUPPLY LOSS alarm. rear of the ventilator (I/O). Leave to charge
for at least 15 minutes.
An FIO2 sensor is detected and has not
CALIBRATE FIO2 Calibrate FIO2 sensor.
been calibrated.

Table 5-2. Alarms and Corrective Actions (Continued)
Symptom
Restart calibration.
Too large a difference between a There may be a leak in the circuit. Ensure an
calibration point and its tolerance range. approved circuit is in use (refer to circuit
documentation).
Incorrect circuit type selected in the Verify the circuit selection in the Preferences
Preferences menu. matches the circuit in use.
CALIBRATION FAIL Exhalation block defective or not properly Reset alarm message and ensure all
aligned. connections are secure, verify circuit
integrity, and verify the exhalation block is
properly seated.
Defective exhalation flow sensor. Have a qualified technician replace the
defective component(s) and call your
Do not disconnect the ventilator from the
AC power supply. Ensure that the power
cable is installed according to the
instructions in chapter 6, “Installation and
Assembly”, so that the power cable cannot
CHECK BATTERY Battery charging impossible.
CHARGE be involuntarily disconnected.
In the event the internal battery capacity is
low, use an alternate device to ventilate the
patient.
Call your customer service representative.
Obstruction or abnormal damage of the Clean or replace the exhalation valve and/or
exhalation valve. its control tube.
Remove moisture from exhalation block and
valve.
Excessive moisture in the exhalation block.
Verify exhalation valve is seated properly.
CHECK Reduce temperature of the humidifier.
EXH VALVE
Reconnect the valve or replace the
Defective connection or defective
exhalation valve and/or the exhalation valve
exhalation valve tubing.
pilot pressure tube.
Defective inspiratory flow sensor. Have a qualified technician replace the
The exhalation valve may not be detected Restart ventilator to see if alarm clears.
by the ventilator when ventilation is If not, replace the ventilator and call your
CHECK EXH VALVE started. customer service representative.
PRESSURE
Or the exhalation valve may be falsely
detected when ventilation is started.
Check that FIO2 sensor is properly
connected or
CHECK FIO2 SENSOR FIO2 measured is less than 18%.
Recalibrate FIO2 sensor or
Replace FIO2 sensor.

Symptom
No connection of the proximal pressure
Reconnect the proximal pressure line.
tube when ventilation starts.
Reconnect the connection line or replace it
if obstructed.
CHECK PROXIMAL Proximal pressure line disconnected or Check for moisture or occlusion of the
LINE1* obstructed. proximal line.
*IF PERSISTS Reduce humidifier temperature.
RESTART/SRVC Switch to a heated wire circuit.
Defective proximal pressure sensor or If not, have a qualified technician replace
internal leak of the machine. the defective component(s) and call your
Nurse Call or remote alarm system is Connect the Nurse Call or remote alarm
disconnected. cable to the ventilator.
CHECK REMOTE
ALARM Carefully monitor the patient to detect
Relay control voltage problem. possible alarm triggering and call for the
maintenance technician.
Check and adjust the prescribed
Loss of memorised parameters.
parameters, if necessary.
CHECK SETTINGS
Check and adjust the prescribed
Software versions have changed.
parameters, if necessary.
The ventilation settings are not compatible Connect exhalation valve
with the type of patient circuit used. Decrease PIP to less than 30 mbar in
No exhalation valve connected with PEEP absolute pressure.
set to less than 4 mbar Increase PEEP to more than 3 mbar.
CONNECT VALVE or
OR CHANGE PRESS Note:
PIP set to more than 30 mbar when
relative pressure is set to OFF. Always consult the clinician before changing
PEEP, FIO2, pressure, volume or Rate
settings.
Check that the patient circuit is correctly

The ventilator is delivering apnea
CONTROLLED CYCLES attached and the patient is correctly
ventilation at set back up rate.
ventilated.
COOLING FAN Operating speed of the cooling fan not Restart ventilator to see if alarm clears.
RESTART/SRVC properly adjusted for the internal ambient If not, replace the ventilator and call your
temperature of the device. customer service representative.
Cancel the alarm then check the supply
12 – 30 VDC power supply cut off when
wiring and/or the effective availability of
DC POWER there is no AC (“mains”) power supply.
voltage on the external source.
DISCONNECTION
Replace the ventilator and call your
Ventilator’s current-limiting fuse blown.
DEVICE FAULT3 Restart ventilator to see if alarm clears.
IF PERSISTS 24 V supply failure. If not, replace the ventilator and call your

Internal problem in the electrical power If not, replace the ventilator and call your
IF PERSISTS
supply. customer service representative.
RESTART/SRVC
IF PERSISTS Internal technical problem. If not, replace the ventilator and call your

Symptom
DEVICE FAULT9 If patient has been disconnected, reconnect
IF PERSISTS patient to reset the fault.
POST RAM Error. RAM Read/Write does
RESTART/SRVC not match memory setting. If persists restart ventilator to see if alarm
clears. If not, replace the ventilator and call
your customer service representative.
DEVICE FAULT10 POST FLASH Checksum Error. Startup Restart ventilator to see if alarm clears.
IF PERSISTS FLASH computed checksum does not If not, replace the ventilator and call your
RESTART/SRVC match memory setting. customer service representative.

POST EEPROM Error. Startup EEPROM If not, replace the ventilator and call your
IF PERSISTS does not match memory setting. customer service representative.
RESTART/SRVC
POST Reference Voltage Error. 5V or 10V If not, replace the ventilator and call your
IF PERSISTS
reference voltage error. customer service representative.
RESTART/SRVC
IF PERSISTS Incorrect software version detected. If not, replace the ventilator and call your
Internal battery capacity is less than Reconnect the device to an AC power

10 min. (or 3%) – battery operation outlet, connect it to an external DC power
overextended. source, or replace the battery.
EMPTY BATTERY
Reminder: the internal battery can be
charged only when the ventilator connected
to an AC power supply.
Note:
Always consult the clinician before changing
settings.
Check and properly connect the patient

circuit connections.
Leak in the patient circuit, leak in patient
artificial airway or vented mask interface. Minimise the leak.
Ensure O2 connector is removed.
E SENS FAULT Reduce inspiratory time.
OR CIRC LEAK Increase E-Sensitivity setting.
Check tracheotomy cuff.
Refit mask.
Use non-vented mask.
Check E Sensitivity setting
Note:
E sensitivity setting not properly adjusted Always consult the clinician before changing
settings.
Large leakage detected on the patient

Replace the exhalation valve and/or its
circuit return limb during the inspiratory
control tube.
phase.
EXH VALVE LEAKAGE Restart ventilator to see if alarm clears. If
Contaminated or defective exhalation not, have a qualified technician replace the
flow sensor. defective component(s) and call your

Symptom
If oxygen is to be delivered to the patient,
There is no FIO2 sensor and FIO2 alarms connect FIO2 sensor.
FIO2 SENSOR MISSING are active. If no oxygen is to be delivered to the
patient, deactivate FIO2 alarms.
Check the level of oxygen corresponds to
the patient’s prescription or
Increase the FIO2 alarm threshold.
The level of oxygen being delivered to the
HIGH FIO2 patient is higher than the Max FIO2 limit Note:
set.
settings.
Note:
Ensure that you are operating the ventilator
within the proper temperature range
(refer to Appendix B, “Specifications”).
Put the device in a warmer environment

(if the ambient temperature is too low) or in
a cooler environment (if the ambient
temperature is too high). For example,
ensure the ventilator is not in direct sunlight
or next to an air conditioning vent.
Warning
Internal ambient temperature of the
device out of the tolerance ranges. In case of operation in a high ambient
HIGH INT TEMP temperature, handle the ventilator with
COOL VENT
care; some portions of the device may have
high surface temperatures.
Warning
In the case of high ambient temperatures, it
may take a significant period of time to cool
the internal temperature of the ventilator to
the proper operating range. To avoid injury
to the patient, ensure that the air inspired
by the patient does not exceed 41 °C
(106 °F). If in doubt, replace the ventilator.
Defective internal temperature probe or Replace the ventilator and call your
any other technical anomaly. customer service representative.

Symptom
Warning
Caution
Ensure that ventilator is being used
according to the operating instructions
found in Appendix B, “Specifications”.
If the ambient temperature is too low, place

the device in a warmer environment.
If the ambient temperature is too high,
place the ventilator in a cooler environment.
For example, ensure the ventilator is not in
direct sunlight or next to an air conditioning
Battery temperature out of the vent. The temperature fault alarm does not
HIGH/LOW tolerance ranges. interfere with the operation of the
BATTERY TEMP* ventilator.
*IF PERSISTS Defective internal temperature probe or
Warning
RESTART/SRVC any other technical anomaly inside the
battery. In case of operation in a high ambient
temperature, handle the ventilator with
care; some portions of the device may have
high surface temperatures.
Restart ventilator to see if alarm clears. if the

alarm message persists, please contact
technical services.
Warning
Caution
Do not attempt to charge a defective
battery; such a battery cannot be charged.
The LEAK estimated by the ventilator Readjust mask to reduce leakage or

HIGH LEAKAGE
exceeds the Max LEAK alarm threshold. Increase the alarm settings.
Note:
Adjustment of the Max VTE level too low. PEEP, FIO2, pressure, volume or Rate
settings.
Modify the Max VTE level.

Replace the patient circuit.
Inappropriate patient circuit. Ensure there is not excessive airflow near
HIGH VTE the exhalation block (such as a fan).
Calibrate the exhalation flow sensor (refer
Exhalation flow sensor not calibrated
to section 10.1, “Calibrating the Exhalation
properly.
Flow Sensor,” on page 10-1).
Replace the exhalation block and calibrate
the exhalation flow sensor (see section 10.1,
Defective exhalation flow sensor. “Calibrating the Exhalation Flow Sensor,”
on page 10-1). Call your customer service
representative.

Symptom
Note:
Adjustment of the Max VTI level too low Always consult the clinician before changing
(for PSV, CPAP, P A/C, P SIMV and V SIMV PEEP, FIO2, pressure, volume or Rate
modes). settings.
Modify the Max VTI level.
Note:
Adjustment of the pressure level too high Always consult the clinician before changing
HIGH VTI for the volume required (for PSV, CPAP, PEEP, FIO2, pressure, volume or Rate
P A/C, P SIMV and V SIMV modes). settings.
Modify the pressure level.

A leak in the patient circuit causing Check and properly connect the patient
increased bias flow. circuit.
Inappropriate patient circuit. Replace the patient circuit.
Defective flow sensor or internal leak in
the machine.
Note:
Adjustment of Max PIP too low (only for
V A/C and V SIMV modes).
settings.
Increase the Max PIP threshold.

Check patient’s trachea and clear the
Airway obstruction. obstruction. If the filter is obstructed,
replace the filter.
HIGH PRESSURE
Proximal pressure tube or patient circuit Clean the proximal pressure tube or the
obstructed. patient circuit or replace them.
Coughing or other high-flow exhalation Treat patient’s cough.
efforts. Silence the alarm, if necessary.
Patient inspiratory resistance or Have physician determine if ventilator
compliance changes. settings are appropriate for the patient.
Defective internal circuits of the machine Replace the ventilator and call your
or pressure sensor. customer service representative.
Adjustment of the Max Rtot level too low. Re-adjust Max Rtot.
Adjustment of the I Sens level too low. Adjust I Sens according to the patient.
Silence the alarm and call for a medical
team if the symptoms persist.
HIGH RATE Patient hyperventilating. Check for auto-cycling and adjust
inspiratory sensitivity, manage leaks or drain
condensation from patient circuit.
Defective inspiratory flow sensor. defective component(s) and call your
INSP FLOW Inspiratory flow is constant (1 lpm) with Restart ventilator to see if alarm clears.
normal turbine temperature and speed If not, replace the ventilator and call your
RESTART/SRVC conditions. customer service representative.

Symptom
The user / caregiver has stopped Check that the ventilation was switched off
ventilation using the VENTILATION on purpose.
INTENTIONAL ON/OFF key. Ventilation is in stand-
VENT STOP This alarm can be deactivated. Refer to
by. chapter 7.2.2, “Changing the Setup Menu
Parameters”.
Press and release keys in the normal,
Pressing a key for more than 45 seconds. prescribed manner. Do not press keys for 45
seconds or more.
KEYPAD FAULT If unsuccessful in releasing the stuck key(s),
RESTART/SRVC restart ventilator to see if alarm clears. If
A key on the keyboard is stuck. not, replace the device and call your
customer service representative if the
situation persists.
Immediately connect the ventilator to an AC
power outlet, or connect it to an external
Internal battery capacity is less than DC power source.
LOW BATTERY 30 min. (or 8%) – battery operation
overextended. Reminder: the internal battery can be
charged only when the ventilator is
connected to an AC power supply.
Note:
The level of oxygen being delivered to the settings.
LOW FIO2 patient is below the Min FIO2 limit set.
Check the level of oxygen corresponds to
the patient’s prescription or
Decrease the FIO2 alarm threshold.

Symptom
Clean, unblock, and/or properly connect the
Patient circuit obstructed.
patient circuit.
Check and properly connect the patient
circuit connections.
Leak in the patient circuit. May be caused by increased resistance
across exhalation filter (such as excessive
moisture).
Restore or connect the exhalation block
(refer to section 6.7, “Exhalation Block,” on
page 6-13). If the exhalation block has been
removed or replaced, calibrate the
Exhalation block missing or disconnected.
exhalation flow sensor (see section 10.1,
“Calibrating the Exhalation Flow Sensor,”
on page 10-1). Call your customer service
representative.
Set the Min VTE alarm limit to OFF.
LOW VTE
Adjustment of a Min VTE threshold when Warning
the patient circuit is in a single-limb
configuration. If exhaled tidal volume monitoring is
required, use the double-limb circuit.
Replace the patient circuit with an

Inappropriate patient circuit.
appropriate one.
Calibrate the exhalation flow sensor (refer
Exhalation flow sensor not properly
to section 10.1, “Calibrating the Exhalation
calibrated.
Flow Sensor,” on page 10-1).
Replace the defective component(s) and
calibrate the exhalation flow sensor (see
Defective exhalation flow sensor. section 10.1, “Calibrating the Exhalation
Flow Sensor,” on page 10-1). Call your
Adjustment of the Min VTE level too high. Modify the Min VTE level.
Adjustment of the Min VTI level too high
(for PSV, CPAP, P A/C, P SIMV and V SIMV Modify the Min VTI level.
modes).
Adjustment of the pressure level not
enough to reach the volume required (for Modify the pressure level according to the
PSV, CPAP, P A/C, P SIMV and V SIMV physician’s prescription.
modes).
LOW VTI
Clean, unblock, and/or reconnect the
Patient circuit obstructed or disconnected.
patient circuit.
Inappropriate patient circuit. Replace the patient circuit.
Check patient, replace the device and call
Defective flow sensor or internal leak in
your technician or customer service
the machine.
representative.
NO PROXIMAL LINE2 The proximal pressure line is disconnected. Connect proximal pressure line.

Symptom
Adjustment of Min PIP too high. Decrease the Min PIP threshold.
Leak or loose connection in the patient Check the patient circuit connections to the
circuit. ventilator; examine all connections for
Circuit disconnection from patient or leakage and tightness.
PATIENT ventilator. Replace the patient circuit if necessary.
DISCONNECTION Check Min PIP alarm setting.
Inspiratory flow exceeds 130 LPM.
*IF PERSISTS Adjust Apnea alarm setting.
RESTART/SRVC Inappropriate patient circuit. Replace the patient circuit.
Defective internal circuits of the machine If not, have a qualified technician replace
or pressure sensor. the defective component(s) or call your
OCCLUSION
CHECK CIRCUIT Clean, unblock, and/or properly connect the
Patient circuit obstructed.
patient circuit.
*IF PERSISTS
RESTART/SRVC
A non-vented configuration is being used
Replace the non-vented circuit with a
or the built-in leak in the mask or in the
vented one. Clean, unblock the mask or the
circuit may be obstructed or insufficient
OCCLUSION circuit of the vented system or switch to a
for the settings. Note that a high
CHECK CIRCUIT vented system with a larger leak
respiratory rate or backup rate may not
configuration. Try to reduce patient’s
sufficiently flush out CO2 in some vented
backup rate if possible.
pediatric masks.
POWER FAULT Internal problem in the electrical power
If not, replace the ventilator and call your
RESTART/SRVC supply.
Press the I/O switch to restore electrical
power to the ventilator and allow
ventilation to continue.
Electrical power supply cut off by the main To stop ventilation, press the VENTILATION
switch when ventilation is in progress. ON/OFF key for three seconds, then release
POWER SUPPLY LOSS it. Press the VENTILATION ON/OFF key again
to confirm stop. (refer to chapter 7,
(without message) “Operating Procedures”).
Immediately connect the ventilator to an
The internal battery that supplies the AC power outlet or an external DC power
ventilator is entirely discharged. source; otherwise, use an alternate device
to ventilate the patient.
PRES SENS FLT1 Restart ventilator to see if alarm clears.
RESTART/SRVC If not, have a qualified technician replace
Defective internal pressure sensor.
the defective component(s) and call your
PROX SENS FLT2 Restart ventilator to see if alarm clears.
RESTART/SRVC Defective proximal pressure sensor or If not, have a qualified technician replace
internal leak of the machine. the defective component(s) and call your
Remove exhalation valve to start ventilation
The ventilation settings are not compatible with less than 5 mbar of difference between
REMOVE VALVE OR PEEP and PIP or
CHANGE PRES with the type of patient circuit used.
Increase the difference between PEEP and
PIP to a minimum of 5 mbar.
REMOVE VALVE The ventilation settings are not compatible Remove exhalation valve to start CPAP
CPAP MODE with the type of patient circuit used. ventilation.

Symptom
SOFTWARE VERSION
Incorrect software version detected. Call your customer service representative.
ERROR
Ensure lateral and front openings are not
obstructed.
TURB OVERHEAT Turbine overheated because of blockage Check air inlet filter.
RESTART/SRVC during operation. Restart ventilator to see if alarm clears. If
not, replace the ventilator and call your
Internal battery not recognised as a
UNKNOWN BATTERY Call your customer service representative.
Puritan Bennett™ product battery.
VALVE MISSING The ventilation settings are not compatible Connect exhalation valve.
CONNECT VALVE with the type of patient circuit used.
Restart ventilator to see if alarm clears. If
VTI NOT REACHED Defective inspiratory flow sensor or
not, replace the defective device(s) and have
*IF PERSISTS internal leak of the machine.
a skilled technician check them.
RESTART/SRVC
I time is not long enough to deliver set VT. Increase I time or decrease VT.
5.8.2 Additional Troubleshooting

Table 5-3 provides other possible ventilator problems, causes, and corrective actions.
Warning
If the device is damaged, its external housing is not correctly closed, or it behaves in a way that
is not described in this manual (excessive noise, heat emission, unusual odour, alarms not
triggered during the start-up procedure), the oxygen and power supplies should be
disconnected and use of the device stopped immediately.
If you cannot determine the cause of the problem, contact your equipment supplier. Do not use
the ventilator until the problem has been corrected.
Note:
Buzzer and battery alarms may occur when the unit is first powered on after the internal battery has been
completely drained. Connect to an AC power source and recycle power.
Table 5-3. Additional Troubleshooting and Corrective Actions
Conditions Possible Causes Corrective Actions

Set Display waveform to YES in
No access to the Display waveform set to OFF in
Preferences menu (refer to section 7.3,
waveforms Preferences menu.
“Preferences Menu Parameters”).
The screen Set Backlight to YES in Preferences
backlight never Backlight set to OFF in Preferences
menu (refer to section 7.3, “Preferences
switches off menu.
Menu Parameters”).
during ventilation
Alarm sound level Adjustment of the alarm sound level is
Re-adjust sound level (refer to section
too low or too incompatible with the patient’s
7.3, “Preferences Menu Parameters”).
high environment.
Poor visibility of Contrast adjustment is incompatible Re-adjust contrast (refer to section 7.3,
the displays with the luminosity of the environment. “Preferences Menu Parameters”).

Table 5-3. Additional Troubleshooting and Corrective Actions (Continued)
Conditions Possible Causes Corrective Actions

Adjust contrast or call your customer
service representative if the problem
Unusual display Problem with the display unit. persists.
on the screen
Ensure that the ventilator is not exposed
to direct radiation from the sun.
The ventilator No external power source and the
does not operate Connect the ventilator to the AC power
internal battery is completely
after pressing source.
discharged.
I/O switch
Replace the ventilator and call your
Light noise Turbine noise.
Filter and/or turbine silencer Replace the ventilator and call your
Whistling noise or deteriorated. customer service representative.
vibrations Replace the ventilator and call your
Valve membranes damaged.
Excessive heat Obstruction of main or secondary air Remove obstructions from all blocked
emitted inlets of the casings. ventilator air inlets and outlets.
Condensation Replace the ventilator and call your
Liquid entered the device.
inside the device customer service representative.


6 Installation and Assembly
Warning
in chapter 1, “Safety Information”.
A patient treated by mechanical ventilation is highly vulnerable to the risks of infection. Dirty or
ventilator’s outlet – or both ports if a double-limb circuit is used – is highly recommended. Refer
to chapter 9, “Cleaning”.
6.1 Installing the Ventilator

To install your Puritan Bennett™ 560 Ventilator:
• Choose an area where air can circulate freely; avoid proximity to loose fabrics such as curtains.
• Avoid direct exposure to sunlight.
• Set the ventilator on a flat and stable surface so that its feet are all in contact with the surface.
The ventilator may operate in any position, provided that the air inlets are not obstructed and
the device cannot fall and possibly cause damage and/or personal injury.
Warning
The operator should connect the ventilator to an AC power source whenever available, for safer
operation.
To ensure correct and lasting operation of the ventilator, ensure that its air circulation holes
(main inlet or cooling) are never obstructed. Place the device in an area where air can freely
circulate around the ventilator and avoid installing it near floating fabrics, such as curtains.
Do not place the ventilator in a position where a child can reach it or in any position that might
cause it to fall on the patient or someone else.
Ensure that the ventilator’s immediate surroundings allow for the proper operational
connection of the device without folding, pinching, or damaging any of the required cables or
tubes, and that the connection of the patient circuit to the patient provides for a secure,
comfortable fit.
Do not operate the ventilator in direct sunlight, near heat sources, outdoors, or near
installations where liquid may pose a risk without first providing adequate protection for the
device.
If the ambient temperature where the device is operated is greater than 35 °C (95 °F), the flow
supplied at the device outlet may exceed 41 °C (106 °F). This may lead to undesirable side
effects for the patient. To avoid injury to the patient move the patient and the ventilator to a
cooler location. For more information, contact Covidien.
To reduce the risk of a fire hazard, keep matches, lighted cigarettes, and all other sources of
hoses.
Never connect your ventilator to an electrical outlet controlled by a wall switch because the
power may be inadvertently turned off.
Installation and Assembly
Even if the “INTERNAL BATTERY” charging indicator is off, charging of the battery may
sometimes be incomplete if the ambient temperature is above 40 °C (104 °F) because of the
battery’s internal heat safety device.
The use of any accessory other than those specified, with the exception of the power supplies
or cables sold by Covidien, may lead to an increase in electromagnetic emissions or a decrease in
the equipment protection against electromagnetic emissions. If the ventilator is used adjacent
to such accessories or stacked with such devices, the ventilator’s performance should be
monitored to verify normal operation.
The Puritan Bennett™ 560 Ventilatorrequires special precautions for electromagnetic
compatibility and should be installed and started according to the recommendations found in
Appendix B, “Specifications” In particular, the use of nearby mobile and portable
communications equipment using radio frequencies, such as mobile telephones or other
systems exceeding the levels set in the IEC / EN 60601-1-2 standard, may affect its operation.
Refer to section B.10, “Manufacturer’s Declaration,” on page B-10.
The ventilator must not use, nor be connected to, any anti-static or electrically conductive
hoses, tubing, or conduits.
6.2 Connecting to External AC Power

Any of four power sources: AC power, 12 – 30 VDC power, Internal Battery power, or Auxiliary DC
car adapter (cigarette lighter) can be used to power the ventilator. But when AC power is available,
the ventilator will automatically select AC power as its operating power source.
Warning
The power supply to which the ventilator is connected (both AC and DC) must comply with all
current and applicable standards and provide electrical power corresponding to the voltage
characteristics inscribed on the rear of the ventilator to ensure correct operation.
Ensure that the AC power cable is in perfect condition and not compressed. The device should
not be turned on if the AC power cable is damaged.
Connect the external electrical power source by first connecting the power cable to the
ventilator and then to the external power source. Follow the reverse procedure to disconnect
the device from electrical power sources.
Do not leave power cables lying on the ground where they may pose a hazard.
To prevent accidental disconnection of the AC power cable, use the power cable holder
(Figure 6-1, item 1) that is inserted into the notch (Figure 6-1, item 2) of the battery cover:
AC Power Cable Holder.
Figure 6-1. The Power Cable Holder

To secure the AC power cable:

1. Insert the power cable holder (Figure 6-2, item 1) into the notch of the battery cover.
Figure 6-2. Inserting the Power Cable Holder Into the Notch
2. Push the AC power cable into the power cable holder (Figure 6-2, item 2).
3. Connect the female end of the ventilator’s AC power cable to the AC connector on the back of
the ventilator.
Figure 6-3. Power Cable Connected to the Ventilator
4. Connect the male end of the AC power cable to the AC power outlet.
• The AC POWER indicator on the top left corner of the ventilator illuminates.
• The indicator flashes while the battery charges and then turns off when the battery
is fully charged.
Refer to Figure 6-4 on page 6-4.
If the AC power cable becomes disconnected or the AC power source fails, an “AC POWER
DISCONNECTION“ alarm signals an automatic switch to the external DC power source (if the DC
power cable is connected) or to the ventilator’s internal battery.
One of three power indicators, located on the upper-left of the ventilator’s front panel, illuminates
to signal which of the three possible power sources are currently in use by the device (refer to
Figure 6-4).
Note:
The only time the AC POWER and indicators are illuminated at the same time is when the ventilator is
connected to an AC supply and the battery is charging (indicator is flashing).

Figure 6-4. Power Indicators
To disconnect the AC power cable:

1. Disconnect the AC power cable from the AC power outlet.
2. Disconnect the AC power cable from the ventilator’s AC connector at the rear of the device.
3. Grasp the AC power cable at the level of the power cable holder and turn the cable
counterclockwise while lifting it upwards and out of the holder.
6.3 Connecting to an External DC Power Source

Warning
Ensure that the ventilator’s internal battery is fully charged before connecting the ventilator to
an external DC power source. Powering the ventilator using an external 12–30 VDC power
source (via the DC power cable) does not enable charging of its internal battery.
When using a car auxiliary adapter (cigarette lighter) ensure the car has been started prior to
plugging in the ventilator’s DC adapter.
Note:
An alternative means of ventilation should always be available, particularly when the patient is in transit or
away from wall power.
While using the ventilator on external battery power it is vital that a qualified caregiver (capable of
providing necessary corrective actions in the event of alarm conditions) is present.
When AC power is not available use an external DC power prior to using internal battery power.
To connect the ventilator to an external power source do the following:

1. Ensure the car’s engine is started prior to connecting the ventilator.
2. Firstly connect the DC power cable into the ventilator.
3. Then connect the DC power cable into the car auxiliary adapter.
Note:
Whenever AC power is unavailable, the ventilator can operate from a continuously powered external
12 – 30 VDC power source via a DC power cable (Figure 6-5, item 1) that connects to the ventilator’s rear
panel DC power input connector (Figure 6-5, item 2). The DC power cable is optional; refer to
Appendix H, “Parts and Accessories”, for more information. It is possible to use the DC auxiliary port
(cigarette lighter) in a car as a power source as well.

1 2
Figure 6-5. Connecting the Ventilator to an External DC Power Source
Warning
Connect the external DC power source by first connecting the power cable to the ventilator and
then to the external DC source. Follow the reverse procedure to disconnect the device from the
external DC power source.
To connect the DC power cable to the ventilator:

1. Line up the red marker dot on the ventilator’s DC power connector with the marker on the DC
power cable (Figure 6-6, item 1).
Align the red markers

(dots and/or lines)
before connecting
the cable. 3
Push in to Connect the

2 DC Power Cable
Figure 6-6. Connecting the DC Power Cable to the Ventilator
2. Push the DC power cable onto the ventilator’s DC power connector (Figure 6-6, item 2).
• You will hear a locking “click”.
• The DC POWER indicator on the top left corner of the ventilator illuminates (see
Figure 6-4).
To disconnect the DC power cable from the ventilator, slide the locking ring (Figure 6-6, item 3)
back and pull the plug away from the ventilator’s rear panel to disengage it.
An “DC POWER DISCONNECTION“ alarm signals an automatic switch to the internal battery in
case the external DC power source fails or becomes disconnected.

6.4 Patient Circuit

Warning
Before opening the packaging for the Patient Circuit, ensure that no damage is evident to the
packaging or its contents. Do not use if evidence of damage exists.
For pediatric use, ensure that the patient circuit type fits, and, in all respects, is suitable for use
with a child. Use a pediatric circuit for patients that weigh under 53 lb. (23 kg). See Table H-2,
List of Circuits on page H-2 for a list of recommended patient circuits.
If exhaled tidal volume measurements are required to ensure correct patient ventilation, a
double limb patient circuit configuration must be used in order to detect leaks. In this case, both
the minimum and maximum VTE alarm parameters must be properly set to warn in the event of
patient suffocation.
The patient circuit should always be positioned to avoid hindering the patient's movements, to
prevent accidental disconnection or leakage, and to minimise the risk of patient strangulation.
Ensure that the ventilator’s immediate surroundings allow for the proper operational
connection of the device without folding, pinching, or damaging any of the required cables or
tubes, and that the connection of the patient circuit to the patient provides for a secure,
comfortable fit.
The patient circuit is intended for single use by a single patient and should be changed
according to the manufacturer’s recommendations and according to the patient circuit lifetime.
Refer to the instructions for use supplied by the manufacturer of the patient circuit (included
with the ventilator) and chapter 6, “Installation and Assembly”.
After assembling, cleaning, or reassembling the patient circuit, and on a daily basis, inspect the
are secure.
To ensure proper performance of the ventilator, use a patient circuit recommended by Covidien
ventilator outlet to the ventilator inlet is 1.1 metres (3.6 feet) to 2.0 metres (6.6 feet). The tubing
patients, and a corrugated tube of Ø 15 mm for pediatric patients with a tidal volume lower
than 200 ml.
Adding accessories to the ventilator breathing circuit, such as a humidifier and water trap(s),
may result in a decrease in tidal volume delivered to the patient due to the added compressible
6.4.1 Choosing the Patient Circuit Type

Single limb circuits are used with breathing modes where spirometry measurements are not
required, and double limb circuits are used with breathing modes where spirometry is required. Be
sure to choose the appropriate circuit in the menu preferences; in particular, ensure that Pediatric
Circuit Yes/No is set to YES when using a pediatric circuit (refer to Appendix H, “Parts and
Accessories”).
For information regarding validated circuits, visit the SolvITSM Center Knowledge Base by clicking
the link at http://www.puritanbennett.com or contact you customer representative.

6.4.2 Installing the Patient Circuit

The patient circuit is mounted depending on the setup of the circuit used and the accessories used.
The following procedures describe the installation of the patient circuit with a humidifier. To add
other accessories, refer to the installation instructions for the specific accessories used.
To connect a single limb circuit with an exhalation valve: (refer to Figure 6-7)
1. Inspect the components of the patient circuit for any signs of damage, such as cracks (which
might cause leakage). Do not use damaged components to assemble the patient circuit.
2. Install the bacteria filter (item 1) on the TO PATIENT outlet port, as shown.
3. Attach one end of the short circuit tubing (item 2) to the bacteria filter (item 1).
4. Attach the other end of the circuit tubing (item 2) to the inlet port of the humidifier (item 3).
5. Place a water trap (item 4) between the outlet port of the humidifier and the inlet of the
exhalation valve (item 5).
6. Ensure the exhalation valve (item 5) is placed as close as possible to the patient.
7. Connect one end of the proximal pressure tubing (item 7) to the proximal pressure port on the
exhalation valve (item 5) and the other end onto the ventilator patient pressure port (item 8).
8. Connect one end of the exhalation valve tubing (item 6) to the exhalation valve port on the
exhalation valve (item 5) and the other end onto the ventilator exhalation valve port (item 9).
9. To protect the exhalation port (as it will not be used in this configuration), place the cap (if
provided with the breathing circuit) over the exhalation port opening (item 10).
See also Figure 6-9 NOTE: Although shown here, the

on page 6-9. humidifier (item 3), water trap
(item 4), and tubes upstream of
the single limb patient circuit are
not included with the ventilator.
Contact your supplier for more
information.
9
8 10
1
2
7
6
4
5
Figure 6-7. Single Limb Patient Circuit With Exhalation Valve

To connect a double limb circuit: (refer to Figure 6-8)

2. Install the bacteria filter (item 1) on the TO PATIENT outlet port.
3. Attach one end of the short circuit tubing (item 4) to the filter (item 1).
4. Attach the other end of the circuit tubing to the inlet port of the humidifier (item 2).
5. Place a water trap (item 3) between the outlet port of the humidifier and the patient wye
(item 5) on the double limb circuit.
6. Place a second water trap (item 3) between the patient wye (item 5) and the inlet port of
exhalation bacteria filter (item 12).
7. Connect the exhalation bacterial filter (item 12) between the FROM PATIENT inlet port
(item 10) and the exhalation limb of the patient circuit.
8. Connect one end of the small proximal pressure tubing (item 6) to the double limb patient wye
circuit connection (item 5) and the other end on the ventilator patient pressure port (item 13).
9. Place the exhalation valve assembly (item 9) on the exhaust port.
10. Connect the tubing (item 8) from the exhalation valve assembly to the exhalation valve port
(item 13) of the ventilator.
Note:
When shipped, the proximal pressure tube may already be connected to the patient wye. If so, simply
verify that the connection is secure and the tube shows no signs of damage, kinks, or obstructions.
See also Figure 6-9

on page 6-9.
11
10 14
9 13
1
8
12 4
7 2
5 3
Figure 6-8. Double Limb Patient Circuit
Note:
Although shown here, the humidifier (item 2), water traps (item 3), and their connecting tubes are not
included with the patient circuit or ventilator. Contact your supplier for more information.

Inhalation Port
Exhalation
Valve Tube
Proximal Pressure
Tube
Figure 6-9. Close-up of Exhalation Valve Tube and Proximal Pressure Tube
Figure 6-9 shows details of the connections of the proximal pressure tube (Figure 6-8, item 6) and
the exhalation valve tube (Figure 6-8, item 8).
To connect a single limb circuit without an exhalation valve (NIV only):

refer to Figure 6-10.
2. Install the bacteria filter (item 1) on the TO PATIENT outlet port, as shown.
3. Attach one end of the short circuit tubing (item 4) to the filter (item 1).
4. Attach the other end of the circuit tubing (item 4) to the inlet port of the humidifier (item 2).
5. Place a water trap (item 3) between the outlet port of the humidifier and the patient end.
6. Place a vented (NIV) interface to the end of the patient circuit (item 5).
5
3
Figure 6-10. Single limb Patient Circuit Without Exhalation Valve
For both types of circuits, shown previously, you should connect the end of the proximal pressure
tube as close as possible to the patient (at the mask or cannula entry, if possible) so that the
ventilator can account for all load losses due to the circuit and its potential accessories. If this is not
possible, it is best to modify the PATIENT DISCONNECTION triggering threshold by doing one of the
following: set a Max VTI alarm limit for pressure modes or a Min VTE alarm limit for all ventilation
modes if using a dual limb circuit.

As a reminder: Ensure that the length and the internal volume of the patient circuit are compatible
with the tidal volume: ringed tube Ø 22 mm for adults and ringed tube Ø 15 mm for pediatric
patients with tidal volumes lower than 200 ml. Use, if necessary, a 22F-15M link on the outlet and
a 15M-22M link on the exhalation block for a double limb circuit.
Warning
When using non-invasive ventilation (NIV), without an exhalation valve, use a vented nose or
face mask or a non vented combined with a leak accessory. When using non-invasive ventilation
(NIV), with an exhalation valve, use a non vented mask.
The level of inspiratory resistance of the circuit and accessories (bacteria filter, humidifier, and
so on) must be as low as possible. Settings – particularly the PATIENT DISCONNECTION alarm,
High inspired volume (High VTI), and Low inspired volume (Low VTI) settings – must be
periodically adjusted according to changes in the patient circuit resistance – especially when
Resistance of the exhalation valve and accessories (water traps, filters, HMEs etc) must be as
low as possible.
The exhalation valve must allow rapid discharge of the circuit pressure. Ensure that the
exhalation valve is always clean and its evacuation aperture (exhaust port) is never obstructed.
Do not start ventilation until you ensure that the device is suitably assembled, that the air inlet
filter is properly installed and is not obstructed, and that there is proper clearance all around
the unit. Also ensure that the patient circuit is suitably connected to both the ventilator and the
6.5 Filters
Warning
Regularly check the cleanliness of the air inlet filter located on the rear of the ventilator. If
necessary, replace the filter before the recommended replacement period is over (see
chapter 10, “Routine Maintenance”). This is particularly important when the ventilator is
installed on a wheelchair, because environmental conditions may cause the filter to become
dirty more rapidly.
The ventilator features two filter types:

• air inlet filter
• bacteria filter

Air Inlet Filter

Consisting of foam and fine particle filter media and located at the rear of the ventilator, this filters
the air as it enters the ventilator.
Figure 6-11. Air Inlet Filter
Warning
The air inlet filter is not reusable; do not attempt to wash, clean, or reuse it.
Failing to replace a dirty air inlet filter, or operating the ventilator without a filter, may cause
Bacteria Filter
It is highly recommended that you install a bacteria filter (see Figure 6-12) on both single and
double limb circuits. In a double limb configuration, two bacteria filters are used: one at the
TO PATIENT port, and the other at the FROM PATIENT port.
• Connected to the TO PATIENT port:
This filter protects the ventilator from contamination by the patient (primarily, rebreathed gas).
Refer to Figure 6-8, item 1.
• Connected to the FROM PATIENT port:
This filter protects the internal exhalation flow sensor from the gases exhaled by the patient.
Refer to Figure 6-8, item 10.
Figure 6-12. Bacteria Filter
Refer to the manufacturer’s instructions for more information about the use and maintenance of
the bacteria filter(s).

6.6 Humidifier
The humidifier (Figure 6-13) adds moisture (water vapour) and warms the gas in the patient circuit.
It is inserted into the patient circuit between the main outlet and the patient (refer to Figure 6-7
and Figure 6-8).
Warning
During invasive ventilation (when an artificial airway bypasses the patient’s upper respiratory
system), the patient’s upper respiratory system cannot humidify the incoming gas. For this
reason, the use of a humidifier, to minimise drying of the patient’s airways and subsequent
irritation and discomfort, must be used.
Always position a humidification device so that it is lower than both the ventilator and the
patient. Use water traps, if necessary, to limit water in the patient circuit and periodically empty
these water traps.
If a heated humidifier is used, you should always monitor the temperature of the gas delivered
to the patient. Gas delivered from the ventilator that becomes too hot may burn the patient's
airway.
Figure 6-13. Humidifier
When a humidification device is used, any condensation that forms in the patient circuit is collected
in the water trap. If you notice any moisture in the patient circuit, you need to replace the wet
circuit components with dry ones.
Refer to the humidification device’s instruction for information on operating, cleaning, and
sterilising the humidifier.

6.7 Exhalation Block

Warning
The exhalation block is intended for single use by a single patient. It may periodically be
Exhalation Block,” on page 9-2). The exhalation block should be changed every 4 months and
cannot be reused with any other patient.
Ensure that the exhalation block is completely dried after cleaning and prior to use.
The exhalation block can be easily removed from the device for inspection, cleaning, and
replacement. No special tools are required. It is held in place by a single captive screw located on
the bottom of the device.
To remove the exhalation block:

Refer to Figure 6-14 if required:
1. Ensure the ventilator is turned off.
2. Loosen the captive screw located on the bottom of the ventilator that secures the exhalation
block (Figure 6-14, item 1). Grasp the exhalation port and slide the exhalation block to the left
to remove it from its slot (Figure 6-14, item 2).
1 2
Figure 6-14. Removing the Exhalation Block
After removal, the exhalation block can either be cleaned or, if required, replaced with a new one.
For information on cleaning, refer to section 9.3, ‘Cleaning the Exhalation Block”.
To install either a cleaned or a new exhalation block:

Refer to Figure 6-14 if required:
1. Slide the exhalation block into its slot.
2. Tighten the captive screw to secure the exhalation block in place.
3. Recalibrate the exhalation flow sensor. Refer to section 10.1, “Calibrating the Exhalation Flow
Sensor,” on page 10-1.
Warning
When an exhalation block is set up, each time it is removed, or after installing a new exhalation
block on the machine, it is essential that the exhalation flow sensor be recalibrated before the
exhalation block is used. Refer to section 10.1, “Calibrating the Exhalation Flow Sensor,” on
page 10-1).

6.8 Oxygen
Warning
The ventilator must not be used with flammable anesthetic substances.
6.8.1 Administering Oxygen

Warning
Oxygen therapy for patients with respiratory failure is a common and effective medical
prescription. However, be aware that inappropriate oxygen use may potentially lead to serious
complications, including, but not limited to, patient injury.
Oxygen administered to the patient is introduced from an external source into the machine
through the oxygen connector at the rear of the ventilator. It is then integrated into the total
volume of delivered gas. Remove the oxygen inlet connector from the back of the ventilator when
external oxygen is not in use.
The specific oxygen flow to the patient depends on the physiological characteristics of the patient
and the ventilator settings.
The oxygen flow setting should be adjusted for each patient and established in relation to a
calibrated oxygen monitor measurement. Since the factors that affect administered oxygen flow
may change over time, you must ensure that these settings always correspond to the current
oxygen therapy objectives specified by the physician. (Refer to chapter 3.7, “FIO2 For Various
Oxygen and Ventilator Settings”).
Warning
To avoid injury to the patient and/or possible damage to the ventilator: before using the
ventilator, use a flow meter (flow regulator) to regulate the oxygen supply to specifications
before connecting the ventilator to the oxygen supply.
Ensure that the oxygen supply pressure to the machine never exceeds 7 psi (50 kPa) or a flow of
15 lpm. Refer to Table B-8 on page B-3 for volume and sensitivity tolerances.
The Puritan Bennett™ 560 Ventilatorcan be used with an optional oxygen analyser with
6.8.2 Connecting the Oxygen Supply

Warning
Ensure that the only gas supplied to the ventilator through the dedicated oxygen supply
connector is medical-grade oxygen.
The hose connecting the ventilator to the oxygen source must be designed exclusively for use
with medical-grade oxygen. Under no circumstances should the oxygen hose be modified by
the user. In addition, the hose must be installed without the use of lubricants.
A connector (Figure 6-15, item 1) for an external low pressure oxygen source is available at the rear
of the ventilator. It is essential that you also use the special coupler (item 2) supplied with the
ventilator to attach the external low pressure oxygen source to the connector. The connector is also
fitted with a non-return airtight valve system. The non-return airtight valve system includes a stud
(item 3) and a locking tab (item 4).

3 4
Figure 6-15. Rear Panel Oxygen Connector
Warning
Before connecting the oxygen supply, ensure that the stud on the oxygen connector
(Figure 6-15, item 3) is protruding outwards.
Inspect the oxygen coupler (Figure 6-16, item 2) before use to ensure it has its black O-ring
attached and in good condition. Do not use an oxygen coupler with a missing, damaged, or
worn O-ring.
To connect the oxygen supply system to the ventilator:

Refer to Figure 6-16 as required:
1. Inspect the oxygen supply’s connector (Figure 6-16, item 1) to ensure that connector’s black
O-ring (item 2) is not missing.
2. Push the oxygen supply’s oxygen connector (item 1) into the ventilator’s oxygen connector
(Figure 6-16, item 3).
• the ventilator’s oxygen connector’s locking stud (item 4) retracts.
• the ventilator’s oxygen connector’s locking tab (item 5) is released, ensuring that the oxygen
connection is locked and secured in place.
2 3
4 5
Figure 6-16. Connecting the Oxygen Supply System

To disconnect the oxygen supply system from the ventilator:
Note:
Ensure the oxygen source is turned off prior to placing the ventilator in Standby or turning off the
ventilator.
1. Stop the oxygen flow from the oxygen supply.

2. Press the locking tab of the ventilator’s oxygen connector, as shown in Figure 6-17, to unlock
the oxygen connection.
Figure 6-17. Disconnecting the Oxygen Supply System
3. Disconnect the oxygen supply’s oxygen connector by pulling it towards you.

The ventilator’s oxygen connector’s locking stud (Figure 6-16, item 4) will then extend
outwards, which is required before the oxygen connector can be reconnected.
Warning
The coupler must not remain connected to the oxygen connector unless it also connected to a
leak-proof, external oxygen gas source. When an oxygen supply is not being used with the
ventilator, disconnect the oxygen source completely from the ventilator.
In the event of an oxygen leak, shut down the supply of oxygen at its source. In addition,
remove and/or keep any incandescent source away from the device, which may be enriched
with oxygen. Circulate fresh air into the room to bring the oxygen level down to normal.
To prevent any interference with the internal sensors of the ventilator, do not install a
humidifier upstream of the ventilator.

6.8.3 Connecting the FIO2 sensor

When administering oxygen it is recommended to use a FIO2 oxygen sensor that can be connected
to the front of the apparatus by means of a FIO2 measurement kit.
To install the FIO2 sensor:
2
1
3
Figure 6-18. Connecting the FIO2 sensor
1. Remove the sensor from the airtight packaging.

2. Install the FIO2 connector to the FIO2 socket on the ventilator (item 1)
3. Connect the FIO2 sensor (item 2) onto Ø15mm adaptor (item 3).
4. Install the adaptor on the TO PATIENT outlet port, as shown.
Fit the patient circuit after the adaptor.
Note:
When using a new sensor, allow its temperature to become stable for about 20 minutes in ambient air
before installing it, calibrating it and starting ventilation.

6.9 Mounting the Ventilator on a Wheelchair

Warning
Due to its limited internal battery’s reserve capacity, the ventilator should only be operated on
Do not operate the ventilator in direct sunlight, near heat sources, outdoors, or near
installations where liquid may pose a risk without first providing adequate protection for the
device.
To avoid damage to the ventilator, in particular the batteries or electrical components, fluids
If exhaled tidal volume measurements are required to ensure correct patient ventilation a
double limb patient circuit configuration must be used in order to detect leaks. In this case, both
the minimum and maximum VTE alarm parameters must be properly set to warn in the event of
patient suffocation.
To minimise the risk of damage, you must use the ventilator’s Dual Bag to transport the
ventilator. See Table H-1, List of Consumables and Accessories.
Before using the ventilator’s internal battery, ensure that the battery is fully charged and that
The Dual Bag accessory consists of a carrying bag that allows the Puritan Bennett™ 560
Ventilatorto be both mounted onto a wheelchair or carried as a backpack (see Figure 6-19).
Refer to the Dual Bag’s instructions for further information.
Figure 6-19. Using the Dual Bag Accessory

6.10 Mounting the Ventilator on the Utility Cart

Match the mounting holes (item 1) on the bottom of the Puritan Bennett™ 560 Ventilator to the
mounting studs (item 2) on the top of the utility cart platform.
1
2

6.11 Connecting the Nurse Call Cable

Connect the Nurse Call cable (Figure 6-20, item 1) to the Nurse Call Monitor Connector (item 2).
Figure 6-20. Connecting the Nurse Call Cable
Warning
Before using the Nurse Call system, ensure that its connections are secure and it operates
properly. For more information, contact Covidien.
To connect the ventilator to a Nurse Call device, contact Covidien to check the ventilator's
compatibility with the Nurse Call device and order a suitable connection cable.
Do not use Nurse Call devices that operate based on the closure of an electrical circuit, because
the devices often do not take into account possible cable disconnection or a total loss of power.
Ensure that the Nurse Call device is always connected to the ventilator.
The Nurse call function provides for remote alerts of ventilator alarm conditions (for example, when
the ventilator is used in an isolation room), and features the following:
• The ventilator signals an alarm using a normally open (NO) or a normally closed (NC) signal.
• A remote alarm is activated when an alarm condition occurs, unless either of the following is
true:
• The audio paused function is active.
• The ventilator power switch is OFF.
• The remote alarm port is an 8-pin female connector; allowable current is 100mA at 24VDC
(max).

7 Operating Procedures
7.1 Turning on the Ventilator

Warning
in chapter 1, “Safety Information”.
If the ventilator has been transported or stored at a temperature that differs more than ± 20 °C
(± 36 °F) from the temperature in which it will be operating, the ventilator should be allowed to
stabilise in its operating environment for at least two (2) hours prior to use.
To reduce the risk of a fire hazard, keep matches, lighted cigarettes, and all other sources of
hoses.
While the ventilator is in use, an alternative means of ventilation should always be available in
the event of a ventilator problem. This is particularly true for ventilator-dependent patients.
Supplementary observation, appropriate for the patient's condition, is also recommended.
To ensure that ventilation continues uninterrupted, ensure alternative power sources are
available (AC power source, extra batteries, or an auxiliary DC car adapter). Be prepared for the
possibility of power failure by having an alternative means of ventilation ready for use –
particularly for ventilator-dependent patients.
Do not start ventilation until you ensure that the device is suitably assembled, that the air inlet
filter is properly installed and is not obstructed, and that there is proper clearance all around
the unit. Also ensure that the patient circuit is suitably connected to both the ventilator and the
Verify the functionality of the alarm conditions before connecting the patient to the ventilator.
Refer to Appendix F, “Alarms Tests”.
Before starting ventilation, always verify that all settings are properly set in accordance with
the required prescription.
If the ventilator fails the alarm tests or if you cannot complete the tests, refer to chapter 5.8,
“Troubleshooting” or call your equipment supplier or Covidien.
Operating Procedures
To turn the ventilator on:

• Set the I/O switch (a covered, rocker-type switch located at the rear of the ventilator) to the
I position, as shown in Figure 7-1 below.
Figure 7-1. Turning on the Ventilator
The following events occur:

• The ventilator is powered on.
• A Power On Self Test (POST) is carried out (when plugged in to an AC power source).
• The front panel indicators flash (except for the indicator showing the type of power supply
in use, which remains lit).
• The audible alarms briefly sound.
• The display’s backlight turns on.
• The PURITAN BENNETT™ logo is displayed momentarily.
• The blue VENT STDBY indicator to the right of the VENTILATION ON/OFF key
illuminates, indicating the device is in standby mode.
• A Welcome Menu screen is displayed for about five (5) seconds, which includes the machine
counter and the patient counter, as shown in Figure 7-2.
PB560C50
Figure 7-2. Welcome Menu Screen
Note:
If the ventilator had been previously stopped by use of the I/O switch while ventilation was in progress,
the ventilator starts directly in ventilation mode and does not show the Welcome Menu screen.
The Alarm, Technical Fault, and Event logs are stored in non-volatile memory on the Main CPU PCB,
ensuring that the information is retained when the ventilator is powered off and during power loss
conditions.

To skip the Welcome Menu:

• Press VENTILATION ON/OFF to start ventilation immediately.
The Ventilation menu is then displayed.
PB560C51
Figure 7-3. Ventilation Menu Parameters
By default, the starting ventilation mode is the last one used, the settings being those that were
active when the machine was last stopped.
If the ventilator’s memory of the settings is faulty, a “CHECK SETTINGS” alarm is activated. If this
occurs, the desired parameters should be reset and saved; otherwise the machine will operate on
default parameter values.
7.2 Setup Menu Parameters

7.2.1 Accessing Setup Configuration
Note:
The Locking Key prevents access to the Setup menu (refer to section 7.8, “Locking the Control Panel,” on
page 7-28 and section 7.9, “Unlocking the Control Panel,” on page 7-29).
The Setup menu cannot be accessed if the ventilator had been powered off, without first placing the
device into standby.
1. Check the ventilator’s I/O switch is set to OFF (O) position.

2. Press and hold the ALARM CONTROL key while switching the I/O switch to the ON (I).
Hold the key until the Setup menu appears (approximately three seconds). Refer to
Figure 7-4.
Figure 7-4. Setup Menu
3. Release the ALARM CONTROL key.

7.2.2 Changing the Setup Menu Parameters

To change the Setup Menu settings:
1. Press UP or DOWN to position the cursor beside the parameter to be modified.
2. Press ENTER .
• The cursor changes to: .
• The selected parameter value flashes.
3. Press UP or DOWN to modify the value of the selected parameter.
4. Press ENTER to confirm the newly selected value.
Note:
When a parameter contains several setup fields (such as Date and Time) press ENTER to move
from one field to the next.
If you do not confirm a change by pressing ENTER before seven (7) seconds elapse, the
ventilator restores the setup field’s previous value.
The parameters in this menu are:

• Machine Hours
• Language
• Date
• Time
• Intentional Vent Stop
• Cycling Mode
• Relative pressure
• Pressure Unit
• E Sens settings
• Patient Hours
• Maintenance
Machine Hours:
The counter records the total ventilation time in hours (to the nearest hour) since manufacture.
Note:
The machine hour meter is reset when the CPU board is changed.

Language
The language can be set here. All messages and denominations are automatically displayed in the
selected language. The languages available are:
Table 7-1. Languages
English (US) Finnish Japanese
English (UK) Russian Italian
German Portuguese Greek
Danish Polish French
Chinese Norwegian Spanish
Turkish Dutch –
Swedish Korean –
Date
The current date can be set here. The date is displayed in the format: DD MMM YYYY.
Time
The current time can be set here. The time is displayed in the format: HH: MM: SS.
Intentional Vent Stop Alarm

Intentional Ventilation Stop Alarm is an alarm to warn that ventilation has been switched off by the
user / caregiver and the ventilator is in stand-by.
To set the Intentional Vent Stop Alarm:

1. Use the UP or DOWN arrows to place the cursor at the “Intentional Vent Stop”
alarm position.
2. Press ENTER .
3. Press UP or DOWN to set the message to “YES”.
Press ENTER .
Cycling Mode
The cycling mode determines the duration of inspiratory time in P A/C and V A/C. It can be set to
either I:E or I/T and enables the operator to set the duration of inspiratory and exhalation phases.
The two cycling modes represent the relationship between inspiration time to exhalation time as
follows:
1. I/T: Inspiratory time (Ti) as a percentage of the total breath cycle time (Ti + Te).
I/T (%) = [Ti / (Ti+Te)] x 100
2. I:E The inspiration time (Ti) to exhalation time (Te) ratio.
I:E = 1/(Te /Ti)
In P A/C and V A/C modes, the cycling ratio changes based on patient inspiration; however, the
inspiratory time remains constant and corresponds to the rate and cycling ratio settings.
Note:
When adjusting I:E or I/T ratio, the corresponding calculated Ti is displayed below the parameter zoom in
the monitoring and information window.

Absolute and Relative Pressure

The relative pressure for the inspiratory pressure setting (P Control and P Support) in PSV, P A/C,
and P SIMV, can be set to OFF or YES and allows the choice between setting the inspiratory
pressure relative to PEEP or setting an absolute inspiratory pressure. The default value is absolute
(ABS).
If relative pressure is set to YES, the PEEP is added to the inspiratory pressure setting to determine
the peak inspiratory pressure. If relative pressure is set to OFF, the inspiratory pressure setting will
determine the peak inspiratory pressure regardless of the PEEP setting.
Relative pressure = YES: Inspiratory pressure setting + PEEP = Peak Inspiratory pressure
Relative pressure = OFF (ABS): Inspiratory pressure setting = Peak Inspiratory pressure
The symbol ABS for absolute or REL for relative will be displayed at the top of the screen as
follows:
PB560C02 PB560C02A
Figure 7-5. Absolute and Relative Pressure
Pressure Unit
The unit of pressure can be set here. It can be displayed as mbar, cmH2O or hPa.
E Sens Settings
E Sens enables the operator to adjust the sensitivity of the expiratory trigger in pressure support
breaths in PSV, P SIMV and V SIMV modes which will cycle the breath into the expiratory phase.
During a Pressure Support inspiration the delivered flow will reach a peak value and then begin to
decelerate toward zero. The E Sens setting allows the operator to set the flow value, as a
percentage of peak flow, that will cycle the breath to exhalation.The E Sens setting can be set to
either POSITIVE or NEGATIVE.

If set to POSITIVE, E Sens is based on the percentage of inspiratory peak flow. If set to NEGATIVE,
E Sens is based on the percentage of inspiratory peak flow by which the flow must decrease before
exhalation is declared.
Figure 7-6. E Sens Settings

Patient Hours
The value of this parameter is equal to the total number of hours that the patient has been
ventilated.
Note:
Resetting the patient hours will also reset the trends stored in the device memory in preparation for a new
patient.
To reset the Patient Hours counter to zero:

1. Press DOWN to place the cursor at the “Patient Hours“ line, as shown in the following
graphic:
Figure 7-7. Resetting Patient Hours to Zero (1)
2. Press ENTER .
• The cursor is placed on the “Reset Hours” line: OFF“.
3. Press ENTER .
• “OFF“ flashes.
4. Press UP or DOWN to change the “OFF” message to “YES“, as shown in the
following graphic:
5. Press ENTER .
• “YES“ is displayed continuously.
• A long “beep“ sounds.
• The patient counter display indicates 00000h, as shown in the following graphic:

6. Press UP or DOWN .
• The display indicates “Reset Hours: OFF“, as shown in the following graphic:
Maintenance
This option is reserved for maintenance operators qualified by Covidien to ensure correct
maintenance and operation of the device. For information on using the Maintenance option, refer
to the Puritan Bennett™ 560 Ventilator Service Manual.
7.2.3 Exiting the Setup Screen

To exit the SETUP Screen, you must cycle the ventilator’s power.
1. Set the ventilator’s rear panel I/O switch to OFF (O) . Wait 30 seconds.
2. Set the ventilator’s I/O switch ON (I).
The ventilator will run through a Power On Self Test (POST) routine and then return to Standby
mode.

7.3 Preferences Menu Parameters

The Preferences menu is only accessible if the Locking Key has not been enabled (refer to section
7.8, “Locking the Control Panel,” on page 7-28 and section 7.9, “Unlocking the Control Panel,”
on page 7-29).
The Preferences menu is accessed from the Ventilation Parameters menu, when ventilation is either
on or off.
Warning
Setting Alarm limits to extreme values can cause the ventilator alarms to malfunction.
Note:
Default alarm setting preferences should be entered prior to using the ventilator.
7.3.1 Preferences Menu

To display the Preferences menu:
1. Press DOWN several times, or continue to press DOWN , until the cursor is on the
“Preferences” line, as shown in the following graphic:
2. Press ENTER . The Preferences menu is displayed.
PB560C53
Figure 7-11. Selecting the Preferences Menu
Figure 7-12. Changing Settings in the Preferences Menu

To change the settings in the Preferences menu:

1. Press UP to place the cursor on the parameter line to be modified.
2. Press ENTER .
• The cursor changes to the plus/minus symbol.
• The parameter selected to be modified flashes, or for certain parameters featuring a bar
graph, the indicator triangle under the bar graph becomes filled.
Refer to the following graphics.
PB560C101 PB560C100
Cursor: Parameter value: Indicator triangle:

plus/minus symbol flashing filled
3. Press UP or DOWN to change the selected parameter’s value.

4. Press ENTER to confirm the new parameter setting.
• The new parameter setting is displayed.
• The cursor returns to its initial form.
If a parameter change is not confirmed by pressing ENTER before seven (7) seconds elapse,
the ventilator resets the parameter to its previous value.
The parameters in this menu are:

• Backlight
• Contrast
• Alarm Volume
• Key Sound
• Apnea Alarm
• Disconnection Alarm
• Waveforms Display
• Pediatric Circuit
• Ventilation Report
To adjust the various Preferences menu parameters, or to view the Ventilation Report, refer to the
instructions provided in this section.
To manually exit from the Preferences menu:

• Press ENTER when the cursor is on the “Back to Ventilation“.
You will automatically exit from the Preferences menu when:

• No keyboard action is detected before 15 seconds elapse, or
• A High Priority alarm is triggered.
7.3.2 Backlight
To set the Backlight:
1. Select the Backlight parameter on the display.

2. Set the backlight:

a. To set the backlight to standby, select OFF.
The effect of this setting is that if no keyboard action occurs before one minute elapses, the
display’s backlight fades almost to off. The display will illuminate when the following occurs:
• Any one of the keys on the keyboard is pressed
• An alarm is triggered
b. To set the backlight to light continuously, select YES. This setting ensures that the display is
continuously lit.
Note:
If running the ventilator on its internal battery or on an external battery, we recommend keeping the
backlight setting to OFF to reduce power consumption.
3. Confirm the new Backlight setting before seven (7) seconds elapse.
The default setting for Backlight is YES (backlight lit continuously).
7.3.3 Contrast
To set the Contrast:
1. Select the Contrast parameter on the display.
2. Set the Contrast level:
a. To increase the contrast, press UP . This change can be observe as the cursor moves to
the right:
The display contrast progressively increases.

b. To decrease the contrast, press DOWN . This change can be observe as the cursor
moves to the left:
The display contrast progressively decreases.

3. Confirm the new Contrast setting by pressing ENTER before seven (7) seconds elapse.
When ventilation is stopped, the contrast can also be changed directly from the currently displayed
menu by pressing ALARM CONTROL continuously, while repeatedly pressing UP or
DOWN .
The default setting for Contrast is the medium setting (the middle of the bar graph).

7.3.4 Alarm Volume

Warning
The sound level of the alarms should be adjusted according to the installation environment and
the size of the area monitored by the patient’s caregiver. Ensure that the alarm sound apertures
at the front of the device are never obstructed.
To set the Alarm Volume:

1. Select the Alarm Volume parameter on the display.
2. Set the Alarm Volume level:
a. To increase the sound level of alarms, press UP . This change can be observed as the
cursor moves to the right:
The buzzer activates and increases in sound level as the setting increases.
b. To decrease the sound level of alarms, press DOWN . This change can be observed as
the cursor moves to the left:
The buzzer activates and decreases in sound level as the setting decreases.
3. Confirm the new Alarm Volume setting before seven (7) seconds elapse.
Current hospital standards require a minimum sound level of 55 dB(A) at a distance of 3 metres
(9.84 feet), which corresponds to the lowest possible volume setting. The alarm sound level range
is 65 dB(A) to 85dB(A) measured at 1 metre (3.28 feet). If a high priority alarm is not paused within
60 seconds of activation, the sound level automatically raises to 85 dBA regardless of the original
setting.
The default setting for Alarm Volume corresponds to a level of 75 dB(A).
7.3.5 Key Sound

This setting is used to select the sound emitted when pressing keys on the ventilator’s keyboard.
To set Key Sound:

1. Select the Key Sound parameter on the display.
2. Select one of the following four options:
• OFF – No sound is emitted when a key is pressed
• Key tone – A “clock” sound is emitted when a key is pressed
• Accept tone – A “beep” sounds when ENTER is pressed to confirm a setting
• All tones on – A “clock” sound is emitted when all keys are pressed and a beep sounds
when ENTER is pressed to confirm a setting
3. Confirm the new Key Sound setting by pressing ENTER before seven (7) seconds elapse.
The default setting for Key Sound is Accept tone.
Note:
Whatever the selected Key Sound setting, pressing the VENTILATION ON/OFF key triggers a “beep”
at ventilation start and a double “beep“ at ventilation stop.
4.

7.3.6 Apnea Alarm

To set the Apnea Alarm:
1. Use the UP or DOWN arrow keys to place the cursor at the “Apnea Alarm”
position.
2. Press ENTER .
3. Press UP or DOWN to set the message to “YES”. Setting the key to “OFF” means
the Apnea Alarm will not sound when the ventilator is stopped.
4. Press ENTER .
Warning
The Apnea Alarm should be set to YES for ventilator dependant patients.
Figure 7-13. Setting the Apnea Alarm
Note:
This activates / disactivates the Apnea alarm but not the Apnea Time Setting. The Apnea Time
Setting can be set in the Ventilation Menu.

7.3.7 Disconnection Alarm

To set Disconnection Alarm:
1. Use the UP or DOWN arrow keys to place the cursor at the “Disconnection
Alarm” position.
2. Press ENTER .
3. Press UP or DOWN arrows to adjust the setting between 5 and 62 seconds.
4. Press ENTER .
Note:
Values set in the ventilation mode may supercede disconnection alarm values. Refer to chapter 5, “Alarms
and Troubleshooting”.
7.3.8 Waveforms Display

To set Waveforms Display:
1. Select the Waveforms Display parameter on the display.
2. Select either:
• YES – Displays pressure and flow waveforms as a function of time (refer to section 4.3,
‘Waveform Display”).
• OFF – Results in no waveform display; hence, no waveform menu.
3. Confirm the new Waveforms Display setting before seven (7) seconds elapse.
The default setting for Waveforms Display is OFF.
The waveform screen, on which the waveforms are displayed, is accessed using MENU from
the Alarm Setting menu. This screen is available ONLY when ventilation is in progress.
7.3.9 Pediatric Circuit

To choose a pediatric circuit:
1. Select the Pediatric Circuit parameter on the display.
2. Select either:
• YES - Selects a pediatric patient circuit
• OFF - Selects an adult patient circuit
3. Confirm the new patient circuit before seven (7) seconds elapse.
To set up the ventilator for a pediatric circuit:

1. Use the UP or DOWN arrows to place the cursor at the “Pediatric Circuit”
position.
2. Press ENTER.
3. Press UP or DOWN to set the message to “YES.” Setting the ventilator to “OFF”
configures the device for an Adult circuit.
4. Press ENTER .
Note:
The default setting is “OFF” (the ventilator is set for Adult use).

7.3.10 Ventilation Report

Accessing the Ventilation Report:
1. Use the UP or DOWN arrows to place the cursor at the “Ventilation Report”
position.
2. Press ENTER .
PB560C33
Figure 7-14. Accessing the Ventilation Report
Note:
The menu is displayed for five minutes then screen reverts to the Preferences Menu.
To exit the Ventilation report:

3. Press ENTER .
7.4 Setting the Ventilation Mode

The ventilation mode can be changed from the ventilation parameters menu or the alarm
parameters menu, as long as the Locking Key is not enabled (refer to section 7.8, “Locking the
Control Panel,” on page 7-28, and section 7.9, “Unlocking the Control Panel,” on page 7-29).
The procedure to change the ventilation mode depends on the ventilation status, as described in
section 7.4.1 and section 7.4.2.
Warning
In the SIMV mode the use of a double limb circuit is recommended. The VTE Min setting should
remain active in the event that pressure losses are present on the patient circuit downstream
from the proximal pressure link. In such cases the “PATIENT DISCONNECTION” alarm would not
be systematically activated in case of a disconnection of the circuit.
Most breaths are triggered by the patient. You should carefully modify the inspiration trigger
threshold in order to avoid the risk of false triggering or “autotriggering” of the ventilator. For
example, Level 1P, the most sensitive mode, is recommended for pediatric use. However, for an
adult, this setting may result in autotriggering.

7.4.1 Changing Modes While Ventilation is on Standby

To change ventilation modes while on standby:
1. Place the cursor on the first line of the menu (general information line) using the UP key.
PB560C40
Figure 7-15. Changing Ventilation Modes While on Standby
2. Press ENTER .
• The mode name flashes.
3. Press UP or DOWN until the required mode is displayed.

4. Press ENTER to confirm the mode selected.
• The cursor returns to normal.
• The new mode is displayed with its ventilation parameters.
If the ventilation mode change is not confirmed by pressing ENTER before seven (7) seconds
elapse, the ventilator restores the previous mode.
7.4.2 Changing Modes During Ventilation

Warning
When changing the mode during ventilation, significant transitions of pressure, flow or cycling
rate might occur, depending on the difference between the modes. Before setting the new
mode, first ensure that the settings between the different modes are compatible. This reduces
the risk of discomfort and harm to the patient.
Changing ventilation modes during ventilation:

1. Place the cursor on the first line of the menu (general information line) using the UP key.
PB560C68
Figure 7-16. Changing Ventilation Modes During Ventilation (1)

2. Press ENTER .
• The mode name flashes.
3. Press UP or DOWN until the required mode is displayed.
4. Press ENTER to confirm the mode selected.
• The name of the new mode selected is displayed at the top left followed by the flashing
“INACTIVE“ status indicator (figure below, item 1).
• The name of the mode in progress is displayed at the top right followed by the continuous
“ACTIVE“ status indicator (figure below, item 2).
• The settings for the new mode are displayed on the left (figure below, item 3) and the
monitored values for the mode in progress on the right (figure below, item 4).
• The confirmation line “Accept Mode:YES“ is displayed on the bottom left (figure below,
item 5).
PB560C57
1 2
3
4
The Alarm menu screen is shown below that shows the same active and inactive mode information
being displayed, along with the “Accept Mode: Yes” line, alarm parameter settings, and patient
values.
PB560C58
5. Change the settings of the new mode, including alarms, if necessary.

6. Press DOWN to place the cursor on the “Accept Mode: YES“ line.
7. Press ENTER to confirm the mode change.
• The new mode selected is displayed with its settings. It is applied at the beginning of the
next exhalation phase if it occurs during inspiration or immediately if it occurs during
exhalation.

It is not mandatory to change modes during ventilation (see steps 6 and 7, above). The settings of
the next (“INACTIVE“) mode can be “prepared” while ventilation is in progress in the current
(“ACTIVE”) mode. The modifications will be saved for this next mode, whether or not it is used
immediately afterwards.
When setting the parameters of the future and currently inactive mode, the monitoring data for
the mode in progress are displayed in the window to the right of the menu and also in the central
(“Patient”) column of the table on the Alarm menu screen.
When changing the value of a parameter in this inactive mode, the monitoring data displayed in
the window on the right side of the screen are temporarily hidden by the display of the value
currently being changed. This is shown in the following figure, as the I Sens setting is adjusted in
the inactive V A/C mode.
PB560C59
If an alarm is triggered during the setting of an inactive mode, its message is displayed in the alarm
message display.
When the menu of an inactive mode is displayed and no changes are made by the user on the
keyboard within 14 seconds, the display of the active ventilation mode in use reappears on the
screen and the “Accept Mode: YES“ line disappears.
The menu of the active mode can also be recalled without waiting for this delay by directly
restoring the name of the mode on the general information line.
The ventilation parameters of the inactive mode and the current mode remain in memory until
some or all of the parameters are modified again; this is true even after the machine is stopped.

7.5 Setting Ventilation Parameters

Ventilation parameters can be changed as long as the Locking Key is not activated (refer to section
7.9, “Unlocking the Control Panel,” on page 7-29).
Warning
In adult or pediatric use ensure that the adjusted tidal volume is compatible with the needs of
the patient.
Ventilation is not interrupted by the adjustment of a value. It continues according to previous

settings. The new settings are applied ONLY after they are confirmed and synchronised in the next
breath cycle, except for the I Sens setting, which is applied immediately.
To modify a ventilation parameter:

1. Place the cursor on the line of the parameter to be modified using the UP or DOWN
key.
2. Validate your intention to modify the parameters using the ENTER button. Refer to the
figure below.
• The cursor changes to: . (item 1, below)
• The parameter value flashes (item 2, below)
• A zoom of the parameter value is displayed in the right-side of the window (item 3, below).
2
PB560C60
Figure 7-20. Modifying a Ventilation Parameter
3. Press UP or DOWN to select the value desired for the parameter (continuing to
press on these keys speeds up the progression of values displayed).
4. Press ENTER to confirm the selected value.
• The new parameter value is displayed continuously
• The zoom disappears
• The cursor returns to normal
Note:
If a parameter change is not confirmed by pressing ENTER before seven (7) seconds
elapse, the ventilator restores the parameter’s previous value.

7.5.1 Links between Ventilation Parameters

The adjustment ranges of certain parameters are limited in order to remain compatible with the
levels of other previously set parameters. For additional information on the interdependence
between ventilation parameters, refer to chapter 3, “Operating Parameters”.
The message “Setting limited by...“ is displayed and identifies the parameter(s) that is (are) blocking
the setting.
Figure 7-21, item 1, shows that P Support cannot be set above 35 when PEEP is set to 20 and
relative pressure is set to YES; this value is limited by PEEP because their sum cannot exceed
55 mbar.
PB560C61
Figure 7-21. Setting Links Between Ventilation Parameters
Two possibilities exist in this case:

• Allow the PEEP setting to remain at 20, but the P Support cannot be increased.
• Reduce PEEP so that the P Support setting can be set higher than 35 to ensure that their sum is
no greater than 55.
7.5.2 Links between Ventilation and Alarm Parameters

Setting a ventilation parameter takes priority over an alarm threshold setting and leads to
automatic readjustment of the alarm setting threshold so that the interdependence between the
two remains unchanged.
Once the ventilator is in service at the patient’s home, you should use the Locking Key to block
access to changing any settings (see section 7.8, “Locking the Control Panel,” on page 7-28).

7.6 Setting Alarm Parameters

Alarm parameters can be changed from the Alarm menu, if the Locking Key is not enabled (refer to
section 7.8, “Locking the Control Panel,” on page 7-28 and section 7.9, “Unlocking the Control
Panel,” on page 7-29).
Note:
• Adjustable alarms should not be systematically cancelled, they should be adjusted according to the
needs and condition of the patient.
• Default alarm setting preferences should be entered prior to using the ventilator.
To modify an Alarm Parameter:

1. Ensure that the Alarm menu is displayed, showing a list of alarm parameters and columns for
the minimum, current, and maximum alarm parameter values (Figure 7-22 on page 7-22).
2. Put the cursor next to the alarm parameter to be modified using the UP or DOWN
key.
3. Confirm your intention to modify the parameters using the ENTER key.
• The cursor changes to: (Figure 7-22, item 1).
• The parameter in the “Min“ column flashes (Figure 7-22, item 2).
• A zoom of the min parameter is displayed on the right side of the screen (Figure 7-22,
item 3).
2
PB560C62
1
3
Figure 7-22. Modifying Alarm Parameters – Min Value
4. Press UP or DOWN to modify the value of the parameter.

5. Press ENTER to confirm the value selected.
• The new value for the “Min“ column is continuously displayed (Figure 7-23, item 1).
• The value of the “Max“ column flashes (Figure 7-23, item 2).
• A zoom of the Max parameter value is displayed on the right side of the window
(Figure 7-23, item 3).

1 2
PB560C62
Figure 7-23. Modifying Alarm Parameters – Max Value
6. Press UP or DOWN to modify the value of the parameter.

7. Press ENTER to confirm the value selected.
• The new value is continuously displayed
• The zoom disappears
• The cursor returns to normal
When an alarm is set to “OFF“ (the alarm will not be triggered) automatically when its maximum
setting limit (for the Max value) or its minimum setting limit (for the Min value) is reached by
successively or continuously pressing UP or DOWN , respectively.
the ventilator restores the parameter’s previous value.
Blocking of an Alarm Threshold Linked to a Ventilation Parameter

Setting a ventilation parameter takes priority over an alarm threshold setting. Therefore, if a
ventilation parameter is modified when linked to an alarm threshold, the alarm setting threshold is
automatically adjusted so that the interdependences linking them are always maintained.
However, if the alarm setting threshold is modified, it cannot be changed beyond the limit of the
interdependence with the ventilation parameter to which it is linked. When the alarm setting limit
is reached, the message “Setting limited by...“ indicates the name of the linked ventilation
parameter(s) that are limiting the parameter’s setting value.
For more information on the relationship between alarm setting limits and ventilation parameters,
refer to chapter 7, “Operating Procedures”.
Four possibilities exist in this case:
• The alarm parameter remains set to “OFF“.
• The alarm parameter setting is changed in relation to the value required at the start and the
limits on the ventilation parameter(s) remain unchanged.
• The setting of the ventilation parameter(s) is changed to enable the alarm threshold to be set to
the required value.
• The alarm parameter is not set to OFF but the ventilation parameter change has no impact on
the alarm setting.

Warning
The level of inspiratory resistance of the circuit and accessories (bacteria filter, humidifier) must
be as low as possible. Settings—particularly the PATIENT DISCONNECTION alarm, maximum
inspired volume (Max VTI), and minimum inspired volume (Min VTI) settings—must be
periodically adjusted according to changes in the patient circuit resistance—especially when
Adjustable alarms should not be systematically cancelled; instead, they should be adjusted
according to the needs and condition of the patient.
7.7 USB Menu Parameters

The USB menu is accessible even if the Locking Key has been enabled (refer to section 7.8,
“Locking the Control Panel,” on page 7-28 and section 7.9, “Unlocking the Control Panel,” on
page 7-29).
The USB menu is automatically displayed when the USB memory device is connected to the
ventilator, when ventilation is either on or off.
Only one USB memory device shall be connected at any time, otherwise an error message will be
displayed. The USB Menu is not accessible from the Setup Menu or Maintenance menu.
To access patent data via a PC, a dedicated software package, Puritan Bennett™ respiratory insight
software, is available for Clinicians. Contact Covidien or your Puritan Bennett™ product
representative for further information.
7.7.1 USB Memory Device Specifications

Table 7-2. USB Memory Device Specifications
Characteristics Supported Formats

USB compatibility USB flash memory USB 2.0 or USB 1.1, 32 bit format
Number of files Maximum 999 (sector size: 512-2,048 bytes)
USB size 128 MB to 4GB (To guarantee accuracy of transfer time, at
least 10% of the USB memory device capacity must be free).
7.7.2 USB Menu

To access the USB menu when a USB memory device is connected:
Press the MENU key several times, until the USB Menu appears:
PB560C70
Figure 7-24. Selecting the USB Menu
In case of high priority alarm activation the ventilator will automatically display the alarm page. To
return to the USB Menu, press the MENU key.

The adjustable parameters in this menu are:

• Transfer continuously
• Transfer trends
• Erase key
7.7.3 Transfer Continuously

Up to 48 hours worth of data can be transferred from a ventilator to a USB memory device.
To record continuously, the USB memory device must be permanently connected to the ventilator
and ventilation is active.
The following data will be recorded to the USB memory device:
• Monitoring: pressure, inspired flow, exhaled flow and leak waveforms.
• Trends: leaks, VTI, VTE, Rate, I:E, M. Vol, PIP and PEEP measurements.
The data can be accessed by a doctor or service provider using the Puritan Bennett™ respiratory
insight software.
PB560C71 PB560C72
Figure 7-25. Selecting Transfer Continuously
To transfer continuous data from a ventilator to a USB memory device:

1. Use the UP or DOWN arrow keys to place the cursor at the “Transfer
Continuously” position.
2. Press ENTER .
• The parameter selected to be modified flashes.
• The new parameter setting is displayed continuously.
• The cursor is placed at the STOP position.
5. To manually stop continuous transfer, press the ENTER key.
Note:
All ventilator menus remain accessible during transfer time.
The message “TRANSFER IN PROGRESS... REMAINING TIME” is displayed during the transfer time.
Other functions of the USB memory device are not available during continuous recording,

If the memory capacity on the USB memory device is insufficient the message “TRANSFER NOT ALLOWED -
USB CAPACITY INSUFFICIENT” is displayed and data transfer is not allowed. Delete the data on the USB
memory device before restarting data transfer. Refer to deletion process. (Refer to chapter 7.7.5, “Erase Data
from the USB Memory Device”.)
In case of USB memory device disconnection or transfer error, the message “TRANSFER ERROR - USB
DISCONNECTION” or “TRANSFER ERROR - TECHNICAL PROBLEM” is displayed. In this case restart the
transfer process. If the problem persists contact your technical service.
7.7.4 Transfer Trends

Up to one year’s worth of trend data can be transferred from a ventilator to a USB memory device.
Ventilation trends such as leaks, VTI, VTE, Rate, I:E, M. Vol, PIP and PEEP measurements can be
transferred from the ventilator to a USB memory device.
The data can be accessed by a doctor or service provider using the Puritan Bennett™ respiratory
insight software.
PB560C73 PB560C74
Figure 7-26. Selecting Transfer Trends
To transfer trend data from a ventilator to a USB memory device:

1. Use the UP or DOWN arrow keys to place the cursor at the “Transfer Trends”
position.
2. Press ENTER .
5. To manually stop trend transfer, press ENTER .

Table 7-3. Time taken to transfer trends data from the ventilator to a USB memory device
Transfer time from

Amount of trends data ventilator to USB memory
(in months) device
3 months Approximately 2 minutes
Note:
The message “TRANSFER IN PROGRESS... REMAINING TIME” is displayed during the transfer time.
Other USB memory device functions are available during transfer of trends.
If the memory capacity on the USB memory device is insufficient the message “TRANSFER NOT ALLOWED -
USB CAPACITY INSUFFICIENT” is displayed and data transfer is not allowed. Delete the data on the USB
memory device before restarting data transfer. Refer to deletion process. (Refer to chapter 7.7.5, “Erase Data
from the USB Memory Device”.)
In case of USB memory device disconnection or transfer error, the message “TRANSFER ERROR - USB
DISCONNECTION” or “TRANSFER ERROR - TECHNICAL PROBLEM” is displayed. In this case restart the
transfer process. If the problem persists contact your technical service.
7.7.5 Erase Data from the USB Memory Device

To erase data from the USB memory device:
1. Use the UP or DOWN arrow keys to place the cursor at the “Erase key”
position.
2. Press ENTER .
PB560C75 PB560C76
Figure 7-27. Erasing Data from the USB Memory Device
Warning
Deletion erases ALL files present on the USB memory device.

Note:
The message “ERASE IN PROGRESS... REMAINING TIME” is displayed during the deletion time.
The deletion time of a full USB memory device is less than one minute.
Other USB memory device functions are not available during deletion.
Once deletion of the USB memory device has been started, it cannot be paused, stopped or cancelled.
All ventilator menus remain accessible during deletion.
In case of USB memory device disconnection or deletion error, the message “TRANSFER ERROR - USB
DISCONNECTION” or “ERASE ERROR - TECHNICAL PROBLEM” is displayed. In this case restart the transfer
process. If the problem persists contact your technical service.
7.8 Locking the Control Panel

When the machine is in service at a patient’s home, it is strongly recommended that you prevent
accidental or unauthorised ventilator adjustments from occurring by enabling the Locking Key.
The Locking Key is a software function that prohibits access to the ventilation and alarm parameter
settings and changes to the ventilation mode.
To enable the Locking Key:

Simultaneously press the UP and the DOWN keys for at least six (6) seconds.
• The Locking Key symbol (Figure 7-28, item 1) appears in the top left corner of the screen.
• Lines which are no longer accessible are preceded by a dash “–“ (Figure 7-28, item 2).
• Lines which remain operational keep their initial line access symbol.
PB560C63
Figure 7-28. Installing the Locking Key

7.9 Unlocking the Control Panel

To disable the Locking Key:
Simultaneously press the UP and the DOWN keys for at least six (6) seconds.
• The Locking Key symbol disappears.
• The initial line access symbol is displayed in front of each line.
7.10 Starting Ventilation

Before starting ventilation, refer to Appendix E, “Operational Verification Checklist”, and set the
parameter values in the Preferences menu (refer to section 7.3, “Preferences Menu Parameters,”
on page 7-10).
Warning
Verify the functionality of the alarm conditions before connecting the patient to the ventilator.
Before starting ventilation, ensure that the device is properly assembled and that the air inlet,
cooling vents, and alarm sound diffusion holes are not obstructed. Ensure also that the patient
circuit is of the proper configuration (double or single limb), properly connected to the
ventilator, and that the circuit hoses are neither damaged nor compressed and contain no
obstructions or foreign bodies.
When the ventilator is in standby (the ventilator is on, but ventilation has not started), a message
that prompts the ventilator operator to press VENTILATION ON/OFF to start ventilation is
displayed in the right-hand window of the ventilation and alarm menus (Figure 7-29).
PB560C64
Figure 7-29. Prompt to Start Ventilation
To start ventilation:
Press and release VENTILATION ON/OFF (Figure 7-30, item 1).
• The blue light indicator, at the upper right of the VENTILATION ON/OFF key
(see Figure 7-30, item 2), turns off.
• A “beep“ sounds.
• The ventilation starts.
• The values of the monitored parameters are displayed in the right-hand window.

Front Panel Keyboard
Figure 7-30. Starting Ventilation
7.11 Stopping Ventilation

Warning
Do not allow a patient to remain connected to the ventilator when ventilation is stopped,
because a substantial quantity of expiratory gas, primarily carbon dioxide, may be inhaled by
the patient. In some circumstances, inhaling carbon dioxide may lead to under-ventilation,
suffocation, and serious injury or death.
You can stop your ventilator at any time.
To stop the ventilator:

1. Press and hold the VENTILATION ON/OFF key (Figure 7-30, item 1) for three (3) seconds.
• A message prompting the user to keep the button pressed appears on the monitoring
window, as shown in the graphic below:
Figure 7-31. Stopping Ventilation (1)
2. While keeping the VENTILATION ON/OFF key pressed:

• A new message appears that directs the user to press the key again to confirm ventilation
stop as shown in the following graphic.
Figure 7-32. Stopping Ventilation (2)
• A double “beep“ sounds.

3. Release the VENTILATION ON/OFF key.
4. Press the VENTILATION ON/OFF key again within 5 seconds to confirm stop, otherwise
ventilation will continue.
• Ventilation stops.
• The blue LED located to the upper-right of the VENTILATION ON/OFF key (Figure 7-30,
item 2) illuminates to indicate ventilation is on Standby.
• A prompt for a new start of ventilation is displayed (see Figure 7-29 on page 7-29).
7.12 Turning Off the Ventilator

Warning
When the ventilator is switched back on, it will immediately begin ventilating—without the
user first having to press the VENTILATION ON/OFF key.
Handle the ventilator with care after use, particularly when ambient temperatures are high.
Some ventilator surfaces may be very hot, even if safety specifications are not exceeded.
Set the I/O switch to the O position to power off the ventilator.
• The blue LED to the right of the VENTILATION ON/OFF key turns off.
• The ventilator screen switches off.
Note:
When the ventilator is completely stopped, but is still connected to the AC power source (the green
AC POWER indicator is illuminated), the internal battery continues charging.
A continuous alarm condition will be activated if the ventilator power switch is turned off while ventilation
is in progress. When the power switch is turned back on again, the ventilation will resume without having
to press the VENTILATION ON/OFF button.


8 Internal Battery
Warning
Even though the Puritan Bennett™ 560 Ventilator meets current safety standards, the internal
Lithium-ion battery of the device exceeds the 100Wh threshold and is therefore considered to
be Dangerous Goods (DG) Class 9 – Miscellaneous, when transported in commerce. As such, the
transport conditions under the Dangerous Goods Regulation for air transport (IATA:
International Air Transport Association), International Maritime Dangerous Goods code for sea
and the European Agreement concerning the International Carriage of Dangerous Goods by
Road (ADR) for Europe. Private individuals who transport the device are excluded from these
regulations although for air transport some requirements apply. For air transport; the
Puritan Bennett 560 Ventilator is permitted as checked-in or carry-on baggage. Two spare
batteries per person may be taken on board as carry-on luggage only, with the prior approval of
the airline. This classification and regulatory requirements may vary depending upon the
country and mode of transport. Therefore it is recommended that users verify with the carrier /
airline as to which measures to take before the voyage.
an external DC power source. Powering the ventilator using an external 12– 30 VDC power
The maximum recommended shelf life of the internal battery is two (2) years. Do not use a
Periodic recharging is important to help maximize useful life of the battery. Do not store the
internal battery for extended periods, without recharging, as this may reduce the maximum
life.
8.1 Battery Capacity

The reserve capacity offered by the internal battery depends on the level of ventilation parameters,
the environmental conditions (primarily in terms of temperature) and the physiological
characteristics of the patient.
With a fully charged battery at a normal room temperature of 25 °C (± 5 °C), the ventilator can be
expected to operate on internal battery power for the average durations shown in Table 8-1.
Checking the battery charge level requires that the ventilator be running on battery power at the
time of the battery check. To check the battery charge level, temporarily disconnect the ventilator
from AC power (while in Stand By mode or while providing ventilation) and read the percent
charge level displayed adjacent to the battery icon displayed at the top of the ventilator's display
screen.
Internal Battery
Table 8-1. Internal Battery Reserve Capacity
Displayed Values Average Operating Time on Internal Battery Powera
Vt 200 ml (± 5 ml)
PIP  10 mbar (± 2 mbar) 11 hours (–10%)
Rtot  20 bpm
Vt300 ml (± 5 ml)
PIP  20 mbar (± 2 mbar) 9 hours (–10%)
Rtot  15 bpm
Vt500 ml (± 5 ml)
PIP  30 mbar (± 2 mbar) 6.5 hours (–10%)
Rtot  15 bpm
Vt750 ml (± 5 ml)
PIP  45 mbar (± 2 mbar)
4.5 hours (–10%)
Rtot  20 bpm
(Maximum Ventilation Parameters)
a. Average durations shown are with a fully charged battery having less than 50 charge/recharge cycles.
8.2 Battery Operation

Warning
Before using the ventilator’s internal battery, ensure that the battery is fully charged and that
Note:
Buzzer and battery alarms may occur when the unit is first powered on after the internal battery has been
completely drained. Connect to an AC power source and recycle power.
In the event of AC power interruption or disconnection of the external AC or DC power supply, the
ventilator automatically switches to its internal battery and the following events occur:
• The Battery symbol is displayed at the top on the general information line.
• Battery reserve capacity is displayed on the right of the symbol.
• The “INTERNAL BATTERY“ indicator at the top left of the ventilator’s front panel is
continuously lit (Figure 8-1).

Internal Battery
Figure 8-1. Internal Battery Indicator
• A loss of external supply alarm is activated.

If ventilation is stopped, the internal battery reserve capacity is displayed as a percentage of battery
charge. Refer to Figure 8-2.
Figure 8-2. Battery Reserve Capacity as a Percentage
If the ventilator is running, the internal battery reserve is momentarily displayed as a percentage.
Then, after the ventilator calculates the battery time remaining (which takes about two minutes,
depending on the power consumption of the ventilator), the internal battery reserve is then
displayed in hours and minutes (rounded to the nearest fifteen minutes). Refer to Figure 8-3.
Figure 8-3. Battery Reserve Capacity in Hours and Minutes
The “LOW BATTERY“ and “EMPTY BATTERY“ alarms (refer to chapter 5, “Alarms and
Troubleshooting”) are triggered when the internal battery reserve is reduced.

Internal Battery
Warning
When the “LOW BATTERY“ alarm is triggered, immediately connect the ventilator to an AC
power supply to maintain ventilation and recharge the internal battery.
From the time that an “EMPTY BATTERY“ alarm is activated, if no external supply is connected to
the ventilator, other alarms may be triggered due to insufficient supply voltage.
In the final discharge phase, the “EMPTY BATTERY” alarm will become continuous, and ventilation
may be interrupted at any time during this phase.
Note:
The “EMPTY BATTERY” alarm symbol may disappear shortly before the ventilator completely stops, but it
always triggers a final, continuous alarm.
8.3 Testing the Battery

Your ventilator continuously and automatically checks the state of the internal battery, even when
the battery is not used as the main source of energy. The “BATTERY FAULT1“ alarm is activated
whenever a problem is detected in the battery or the charger.
However, on a monthly basis you should disconnect the ventilator from the external power supply
to check the integrity of the connections linking the internal battery to other ventilator
components.
8.4 Recharging the Battery

In the event that the battery charge level is considered insufficient, as per the reserve capacity
display, recharge of the internal battery is necessary. In general, it is recommended that the
ventilator be allowed to charge when the battery drops below 80%, and that the ventilator be
recharged systematically after storage and before using it again.
Note:
To avoid cycling and extend battery life while connected to an AC power source, the battery will not begin
charging until it has dropped below an 85%-90% charge.
To charge the internal battery, do the following:

Connect the ventilator to the AC power source.
• The “AC POWER” indicator illuminates (Figure 8-4, item 1).

Internal Battery
• The “INTERNAL BATTERY“ indicator flashes (Figure 8-4, item 2).

1
Figure 8-4. Power Indicators When Charging the Battery
When the battery charge is complete, the “INTERNAL BATTERY“ indicator turns off.
Warning
Even if the “INTERNAL BATTERY“ indicator is off, charge of the battery may sometimes be
incomplete regardless of charge time when the ambient temperature is above 40 °C (104 °F).
This is due to the characteristics of the battery’s internal heat safety device.
Although it is not necessary to start the ventilator to charge the battery, charging the battery
during operation will increase the time required to fully charge the internal battery.
When recharging a depleted internal battery, it may be necessary to leave the ventilator on charge
for up to six (6) hours if the ventilator is on standby and about 13 hours if ventilation is operating.
Warning
an external DC power source. Powering the ventilator using an external 12–30 VDC power
8.5 Storage
If the ventilator is to be stored for an extended period of time, it is not necessary to remove the
battery. However, the ventilator should be stored in cool, dry, well-ventilated environment, as
follows:
• Temperature: approximately 21 °C (70 °F)
• Humidity: less than 80% RH
Note:
When the device is in storage it should be recharged monthly to maximise battery life.
If the battery is stored for more than one month at a temperature greater than 21 °C (70 °F), or for
more than one or two weeks at a temperature greater than 45 °C (113 °F), the reserve capacity of
the battery may be affected. It will then be necessary to recharge the battery before using it again.
If the ventilator has been in storage for longer than 30 days connect it to an AC power source, turn
on the unit by the I/O switch at the rear of the ventilator, and let it charge for 15 minutes prior to
starting ventilation.

Internal Battery
Note:
Fully charge the internal battery prior to disconnecting from AC Power source (“mains”).
The battery should not be stored for more than two years, whatever the conditions.

9 Cleaning
Warning
A patient treated by mechanical ventilation is highly vulnerable to the risks of infection. Dirty or
ventilator’s outlet – or both ports if a double-limb circuit is used – is highly recommended. Refer
to chapter 9, “Cleaning”.
To reduce the risk of infection, wash your hands thoroughly before and after handling the
9.1 Cleaning the Ventilator

Clean all external panels and surfaces before and after each patient use and as often as necessary
to keep the ventilator clean. You should clean the ventilator periodically, whenever it is soiled or
dirty, before any maintenance operation, and before storing the ventilator.
Warning
Use all cleaning solutions and products with caution. Read and follow the instructions
associated with the cleaning solutions you use to clean your ventilator. Use only those solutions
listed in Table 9-1.
The ventilator should never be immersed in any liquid, and any liquid on the surface of the
device should be wiped away immediately.
To avoid damage to the ventilator, in particular the batteries or electrical components, fluids
To clean the surface of the ventilator:

1. Dip a clean, soft cloth into a mixture of mild soap and water, or other approved cleaning
solution. Refer to Table 9-1 for a list of approved cleaning solutions.
2. Squeeze the cloth thoroughly to remove excess liquid.
3. Lightly wipe the external casing of the ventilator, taking care not to allow excess moisture to
enter any of the openings on the ventilator’s surface. See the warning, above.
4. Dry the ventilator surface with a clean, soft, lint-free cloth.
Cleaning
Table 9-1. Approved Cleaning Solutions for Exterior Ventilator Surfaces
Description
Mild dishwashing detergent
70% isopropyl alcohol (rubbing alcohol)
10% chlorine bleach (90% tap water)
Glutaraldehyde
Hospital disinfectant cleaners
Hydrogen peroxide
15% ammonia (85% tap water)
Ammonia-based household cleaners
Household cleaners
9.2 Cleaning the Accessories

Follow the accessory manufacturer’s instructions for cleaning the ventilator’s accessories and
components, including the patient circuit.
Warning
After assembling, cleaning, or reassembling the patient circuit, and on a daily basis, inspect the
are secure.
Never use a liquid cleaner inside the patient circuit, or on any component of a gas pathway.
Clean the patient circuit only as specified by the manufacturer's instructions.
9.3 Cleaning the Exhalation Block

Warning
The exhalation block is intended for single use by a single patient . It may periodically be
used continuously, clean the exhalation block periodically. The exhalation block should be
changed every 4 months and cannot be reused with any other patient.
Ensure that the exhalation block is completely dried after cleaning and prior to use.
The exhalation block can be removed easily from the device by first removing a captive screw,
accessible through the bottom of the device (refer to section 6.7, “Exhalation Block,” on
page 6-13).
Whenever the exhalation block is removed or after installing a new one, you must calibrate the
exhalation flow sensor. Refer to section 10.1, “Calibrating the Exhalation Flow Sensor,” on
page 10-1.

10 Routine Maintenance
Warning
On a DAILY basis, inspect the patient circuit to ensure that it shows no signs of damage, is
properly connected, and is operating correctly without leakage.
Do not attempt to open, repair or otherwise service the ventilator yourself. Doing so might
endanger the patient, damage the ventilator, and/or void your warranty. Only personnel
authorised and qualified by Covidien should repair, open or service the ventilator.
10.1 Calibrating the Exhalation Flow Sensor

Each time the exhalation block or circuit is removed and reinstalled or after installing a new
exhalation block, the exhalation flow sensor must be recalibrated before the using the ventilator.
This process is automatic and does not require the use of a measurement device.
Note:
Calibration may be done with either an adult or pediatric circuit; however, Pediatric YES/NO must be
appropriately selected in the ventilator Preferences Menu.
To calibrate the exhalation flow sensor:

(Refer to Figure 10-1 as required)
1. Ensure the ventilator is on and in Standby mode.
2. Ensure the Locking Key is disabled (refer to section 7.9, “Unlocking the Control Panel,” on page
7-29).
Figure 10-1. Blocking the Patient Wye (Double-Limb Circuit Shown)

Routine Maintenance
3. Obstruct the patient wye’s open connector using the fleshy portion of your palm to make a
good seal as shown in Figure 10-1.
4. Press the MENU key to access the alarm settings menu – if this is not the menu currently
displayed.
5. Press the UP or DOWN key to place the cursor on the VTE setup line.
6. Press the ENTER key twice to access the Patient column (central column) of the VTE
setup line.
• “OFF“ flashes in the central column.
• A zoom of “OFF“ is displayed, flashing, in the window on the right.
• The message “Calibration Exp. Flow?“ is displayed in the window on the right.
Figure 10-2. Calibrating the Exhalation Flow Sensor (1)
7. Press the UP or DOWN key. “YES“ is displayed instead of “OFF“.
8. Press the ENTER key to start calibration.

• The message “... Exp. calib. Processing …“ is displayed in the window on the right, while
calibration is in progress.

Routine Maintenance
• The ventilator adjusts the speed of the blower to reach the initial calibration point.
• A short beep sounds to confirm that the first point has been adjusted.
• The ventilator automatically increases and adjusts the speed of the blower to reach the next
calibration point.
• A short beep sounds to confirm that the second calibration point has been adjusted.
• This process continues until all eight calibration points have been adjusted.
Note:
The exhalation flow sensor calibration procedure, once initiated, must run to its conclusion.
No message is displayed when the ventilator passes calibration; a message only is displayed if the
calibration has failed.
In the event of calibration errors, the following events occur:

• The ventilator sounds a long beep at each point that fails calibration.
• An alarm is activated, and the message “CALIBRATION FAIL“ is displayed.
• The ventilator takes the previously saved value as the default and automatically switches to
the next calibration point.
If a “CALIBRATION FAIL” alarm occurs, do the following:
1. Ensure the exhalation block is properly seated.
2. Ensure an approved circuit is in use (refer to circuit documentation).
3. Check the integrity of the circuit and all connections.
4. Ensure the correct circuit type is selected in the ventilator preferences.
5. Repeat the calibration procedure keeping a tight seal over the end of the circuit during
calibration.
For more information on the “CALIBRATION FAIL” alarm, refer to section 5.8, “Troubleshooting”.

Routine Maintenance
10.2 Calibrating the FIO2 sensor

Each time the FIO2 sensor is removed and reinstalled, and on a weekly basis, the FIO2 sensor must
be recalibrated before using the ventilator. This process does not require the use of a measurement
device.
To calibrate the FIO2 sensor:

(refer to Figure 10-5 if required)
Figure 10-5. Calibrating the FIO2 sensor (1)
1. Ensure the ventilator is on and in Standby mode.

2. Ensure the Locking Key is disabled (refer to section 7.9, “Unlocking the Control Panel,” on page
7-29).
3. Connect the FIO2 sensor to the ventilator (refer to section 6.8.3, “Connecting the FIO2 sensor,”
on page 6-17).
4. Press the MENU key to access the alarm settings menu – if this is not the menu currently
displayed.
5. Press the UP or DOWN key to place the cursor on the FIO2 setup line.
6. Press the ENTER key twice to access the Patient column (central column) of the FIO2 setup
line.
• "OFF" flashes in the central column
• A zoom of "OFF" is displayed flashing in the window on the right
• The message “FIO2 Calibration?” is displayed in the window on the right.
Figure 10-6. Calibrating the FIO2 Sensor (2)

Routine Maintenance
7. Press the UP or DOWN key. “YES” is displayed instead of “OFF”.
8. Press the ENTER key to start calibration.

• The message “FIO2 calib. Processing...” is displayed in the window on the right while
calibration is in process.
• A short beep sounds to confirm that the FIO2 sensor has been calibrated.
9. Press the ENTER key to exit the FIO2 setup line.
Note:
The FIO2 sensor calibration procedure, once initiated, must run to its conclusion.
In the event of calibration errors the following events occur:

• An alarm is activated and the message “FIO2 CALIBRATION FAIL” is displayed.
• The ventilator takes the previously saved value as the default.
For more information on the “FIO2 CALIBRATION FAIL” alarm (Refer to chapter 5.8,
“Troubleshooting”).

Routine Maintenance
10.3 Replacing the Air Inlet Filter

Warning
Regularly check the cleanliness of the air inlet filter located on the rear of the ventilator. If
necessary, replace the filter before the recommended replacement period is over. This is
particularly important when the ventilator is installed on a wheelchair, because environmental
conditions may cause the filter to become dirty more rapidly.
Failing to replace a dirty air inlet filter, or operating the ventilator without a filter, may cause
The air inlet filter is not reusable; do not attempt to wash, clean, or reuse it.
If the ventilator is used indoors, the condition of the air inlet filter should be checked monthly. If
the ventilator is used outdoors or in a dusty environment, the air inlet filter should be checked
weekly and replaced as necessary.
To replace the air inlet filter:

1. Hold the filter between your fingers (see Figure 10-9, item 1).
2. Remove the filter (Figure 10-9, item 2) and discard it.
3. Place the new filter in the device, while ensuring that:
a. The fine particle side of the filter faces outwards, away from the ventilator.
b. The filter is properly installed in its housing. Proper installation of the filter prevents particles
from entering the device.
1 2
Figure 10-9. Replacing the Air Inlet filter

Routine Maintenance
10.4 Recommended Schedule of Maintenance

Consumables and Replacement Intervals
When used under normal circumstances – a relatively dust-free atmosphere, and without damage
to the device and its components (shocks, cracks, significant dirt) – the intervals for replacing the
ventilator’s consumable elements are as follows:
Table 10-1. Consumables and Replacement Intervals
Elements Recommended Replacement Intervals
Air Inlet Filter Once a month or more often, depending on

(Foam + Fine Particle) the extent of soiling
Inspirited Bacteria Filter See manufacturer’s recommendation
See manufacturer’s recommendation

Patient Circuit
Single use Single patient
14 to 18 months or more often in case of

FIO2 Sensor
persistent calibration failure
Exhalation Block 4 months(*) (and for each new patient)
Note:
For a list of parts and accessories, refer to Appendix H, “Parts and Accessories” or contact your service
representative or consult www.puritanbennett.com.
* The exhalation block replacement frequency may be 3 months (**) for patients ventilated by
tracheotomy > 12 hours / day. The replacement frequency may be extended to 6 months for patients
ventilated < 12hours / day depending on the frequency of technician visits.
** This minimum replacement period is based on bench test validation performed under 24/24
continuous ventilation and active humidification conditions over a period of 3 months. (Test report
N°08DE265). Test report results show that no condensation or drops of water that would affect flow
measurement were found in the exhalation block or the Piezzo valve.
Note:
For all additional accessories not necessarily considered as consumables consult the manufacturer’s
recommendations.
To prevent any risk of cross contamination we recommend the use of DAR™ filters (Ref: 351/5856 or
equivalent) to protect the patient outlet port and the exhalation block port.
Warning
Regularly check the cleanliness of the air inlet filter located on the rear of the ventilator. Replace
it when necessary – even before the recommended replacement period has elapsed, and
particularly when the ventilator is installed on the wheelchair. Environmental conditions may
cause the filter to become dirty more rapidly.
The exhalation block is intended for single use by a single patient . It may periodically be
Exhalation Block,” on page 9-2). The exhalation block should be changed every 4 months and
cannot be reused with any other patient.
Failure to observe these recommendations may result in a loss of performance, excessive

overheating, a loss of certain functions and, in the long term, compromise the longevity of the
ventilator.

Routine Maintenance
Maintenance of the Internal Battery

The internal battery does not need to be removed to verify its correct operation.
Periodic Test of the Internal Battery

Your ventilator continuously and automatically checks the state of the internal battery, even when
the internal battery is not used as the main power source.
However, the battery charge status should be checked MONTHLY by disconnecting the ventilator
from external power supplies (refer to section 8.2, “Battery Operation”). Such a test is imperative
after opening the ventilator or after a prolonged period of non-use (one month or more), in order
to ensure the correct operation of internal connections linking the battery to other components.
Warning
The maximum recommended shelf life of the internal battery is two (2) years. Do not use a
Periodic recharging is important to help maximize useful life of the battery. Do not store the
internal battery for extended periods, without recharging, as this may reduce the maximum
life.
Replacement of the Internal Battery

The internal battery should be replaced when the battery capacity drops below 3840 mAh. Keep in
mind that, for environmental protection, the ventilator and its components – including its internal
battery – cannot be disposed of with household waste. You must submit the ventilator and its
components for suitable selective collection and possible recycling and observe all applicable
regulations.
Note:
As the total number of battery charge/discharge cycles approaches 300, a drop in potential of as much as
20% may be detected.
10.5 Service Assistance

Warning
If a problem with the ventilator is suspected, FIRST CHECK THAT THE PATIENT IS NOT IN
DANGER. If necessary, remove the patient from the ventilator and provide an alternative means
of ventilation.
Do not attempt to open, repair or otherwise service the ventilator yourself. Doing so might
endanger the patient, damage the ventilator, and/or void your warranty. Only qualified service
personnel should open, repair or service the ventilator.
In the event of a problem with the ventilator, refer to chapter 5, “Alarms and Troubleshooting”.
If you cannot determine the cause of the problem, contact your equipment supplier or Covidien.
For more information and local Covidien Technical Service Contact details, refer to the “Technical
Support” section in Preface chapter.

A Patient/Caregiver Checklist
What the Patient and Caregiver Must Understand

Table A-1 presents a summary of the topics that patients and caregivers must understand in order
to use the ventilator successfully. Some topics may not apply to some patients, while other patients
may require additional information.
The Clinician’s Responsibility

It is the responsibility of the clinician or clinical educator to ensure that both the patient and the
caregiver fully understand the topics listed below.
Table A-1. Patient/Caregiver Checklist
List of Topics References
 Need for ventilation Clinician
 Intended use of the ventilator Chapter 2, ”Ventilator Overview”
 The principles of operation for the ventilator Appendix C, “Theory of Operation”
Clinician; Appendix G, “Unpacking and

 Supplies required for ventilation, and their sources Preparation”; Appendix H, “Parts and
Accessories”
 Schedule for ventilation Clinician
 How and why to monitor the patient’s condition. Clinician
 The importance of coordinating care for the patient. Clinician
 Resources for respite care. Clinician
 Choices about future care. Clinician
 The purpose of advanced directives. Clinician
 How to check the patient’s vital signs. Clinician
 The significance of the patient’s ease of breathing. Clinician
What to note about the patient’s skin, mucus

 membranes, and secretions, and their significance.
Clinician
How to recognise the signs of infection, and how to

 respond.
Clinician
Clinician; section 5.8,

Whom to contact for medical emergencies,
 equipment emergencies, or power emergencies.
“Troubleshooting”; section 10.5,
“Service Assistance”
Patient/Caregiver Checklist
Table A-1. Patient/Caregiver Checklist (Continued)
Equipment and phone numbers to have available in Clinician; Section 10.5, ”Service
 cases of emergency. Assistance”
How to contact other resources for assistance (health

 aides, attendants, therapists, and so on).
Clinician
The importance of routine medical appointments and

 medical testing.
Clinician
Section 6.2, ”Connecting to External AC

Power sources for the ventilator and how to connect
 them
Power” and section 6.3, “Connecting to
an External DC Power Source”
 The meaning of keys and buttons. Section 2.7, ”Control Panel”
 The meaning of symbols and markings. Section 1.3, ”Symbols and Markings”
How to connect the patient to the ventilator via the

 patient breathing circuit.
Section 6.4, ”Patient Circuit”
 The parts and purpose of the breathing circuit. Chapter 6, ”Installation and Assembly”
Chapter 1, ”Safety Information”;

How and when to inspect, clean, and replace the Chapter 9, ”Cleaning”; Section 10.4,
 patient circuit. ”Recommended Schedule of
Maintenance”
How to recognise and respond to problems with the Chapter 5, ”Alarms and
 breathing circuit. Troubleshooting”
The parts and purpose of the nasal interface or mask. Clinician or manufacturer’s instructions
 for use.
Care of the nasal interface or mask. Clinician or manufacturer’s instructions

 for use.
How to recognise and respond to problems with the Clinician or manufacturer’s instructions
 nasal interface or mask. for use.
 How to install the humidifier. Section 6.6, ”Humidifier”
Appendix F, “Alarms Tests”;

How to perform alarms tests, and how to respond if
 the alarms tests fail.
Chapter 5, ”Alarms and
Troubleshooting”
 How to change the Exhalation Block. Section 6.7, ”Exhalation Block”
Replacement interval for outlet filters (per the filter Section 10.4, ”Recommended Schedule
 manufacturer’s instructions). of Maintenance”
Setting ventilation parameters and the importance of

 each
Section 3, ”Operating Parameters”
Ventilator alarm settings; understanding the purpose

 and function of each.
Section 5.7, ”Overview of Alarms”
 Recognising alarm priority level Section 5.1, ”Alarm Level of Priority”
Section 5, ”Alarms and

 What to do in case of ventilator alarms and problems
Troubleshooting”
 What to do if the ventilator alarms inappropriately. Section 5.8, ”Troubleshooting”
A-2 Clinician’s Manual

Patient/Caregiver Checklist
Table A-1. Patient/Caregiver Checklist (Continued)
 The oxygen setting, and why it is required. Clinician
 How to connect the oxygen source to the ventilator Clinician; section 6.8, ”Oxygen”
How to determine the quantity of oxygen being

 delivered, and how to adjust the quantity.
Clinician; section 6.8, ”Oxygen”
Chapter 1, ”Safety Information”;

 Safety rules for the use of oxygen.
section 6.8, ”Oxygen”
 How to connect the FIO2 sensor to the ventilator Clinician; section 6.8, ”Oxygen”
How to recognise and respond to problems with the

 oxygen supply.
Clinician
 How to respond to dyspnea Clinician
 Techniques to prevent aspiration of vomit. Clinician
Clinician’s Manual A-3

A-4 Clinician’s Manual

B Specifications
B.1 Physical
Table B-1. Physical Description (Excluding Accessories)
Ventilator Weight 9.9 lb. (4.5 kg)
Ventilator Dimensions 9.25 in wide x 12.40 in deep x 6.0 in high
(235 mm wide x 315 mm deep x 154 mm high)
Connectors Inspiratory limb connector: ISO 22 mm (OD) conical
Exhalation limb connector (on exhalation block): ISO 22 mm (ID)
conical
Oxygen inlet: Female Connector with valve
Device airway volume 2000 ml
Breathing circuit volume
• Adult, dual limb 1150 ml
• Pediatric, dual limb 670 ml
• Adult, single limb 550 ml
• Pediatric, single limb 300 ml
Air Inlet Filter Dimensions: 70 mm long x 60 mm wide
Composition: Polypropylene fiber electrostatic filter material, which is
laminated onto polyurethane open-celled foam.
Efficiency: 99.999982% at 30 Lpm (filtering microbes 3.3 μm)
Inspiratory Bacteria Maximum allowable flow resistance: 4 mbar at 60 lpm
Filter Requirement
B.2 Electrical
Table B-2. AC Electrical Supply
Voltage Frequency Consumption
100 VAC to 240 VAC 50 Hz / 60 Hz 180 VA max
12 VDC NA 8.3 A
30 VDC NA 3.3 A
Specifications
Table B-3. Internal Lithium Ion Battery

Voltage 25.2 VDC
Full-load capacity 4.8 Ah
Ampere-hour rating On standby: 1.5 Ah
During ventilation: 0.5 Ah
Watt hour rating 124Wh to 126Wh
Charging current
• Standby mode 1.5 A/hr. (duration: < 6 hr.)
• Ventilation mode 0.5 A/hr. (duration: < 13 hr.)
Average operating time at 25 °C (± 5 °C) with a fully charged battery (having less than
50 charge/discharge cycles) at the following displayed values:
Vt = 200 ml (± 5 ml), PIP = 10 mbar (± 2 mbar), Rtot = 20 bpm 11 hr. (–10%)
Vt = 300 ml (± 5 ml), PIP = 20 mbar (± 2 mbar), Rtot = 15 bpm 9 hr. (–10%)
Vt = 500 ml (± 5 ml), PIP = 30 mbar (± 2 mbar), Rtot = 15 bpm 6.5 hr. (–10%)
Vt = 750 ml (± 5 ml), PIP = 45 mbar (± 2 mbar), Rtot = 20 bpm 4.5 hr. (–10%)
(maximum settings)
Table B-4. Remote Alarm
Remote Alarm Port: 4

Also known as the Nurse’s Call port, it 3 5
provides for remote alerts of ventilator 2 6
alarm conditions. 1 7
An example of a setting that requires such 8
a feature is when the ventilator is used in
an isolation room. Nurse call pin-out (view from back of ventilator)
The ventilator signals an alarm using a

normally open (NO) or a normally closed
(NC) signal. Remote
Pin Signal Alarm Wire
A remote alarm is activated when an alarm color
condition occurs, unless either of the
following is true: 1 relay common black
• Audio paused function is active 2 normally open (NO) brown
• Ventilator power switch is turned off 3 normally closed (NC) orange
The remote alarm port is an 8-pin female 4 remote supply -
connector. Allowable current is 100 mA at (not used)
24 VDC (maximum).
5 RX Signal (not used)
6 TX Signal (not used)
7 remote supply +
(not used)
B-2 Clinician’s Manual

Specifications
B.3 Indicators and Alarms

Table B-5. Power Indicators
Ventilation ON/OFF AC power DC power Internal Battery
• Blue in standby mode Green Green • Flashing if the battery charge
• Not lit if ventilation is in is in progress.
progress. • Continuously lit if the
ventilator is powered by the
internal battery.
Table B-6. Alarm Indicators

High Priority Medium Priority
Red flashing LED Yellow flashing LED
Table B-7. Audio Alarms

Audio Paused Alarm Volume
60 s ± 1 s 65 to 85 dBA ± 10% at 1 meter
B.4 Performance
B.4.1 Specifications
Table B-8. Performance Parameter Specifications and Tolerances
Settings Range Tolerances

Volume 50 to 2000 ml ± (10 ml + 10%)
Pressure 5 to 55 mbar ± (1 mbar +10%)
Time 0.3 to 2.4 s ± 50 ms or 10%, whichever is
greater
Rate 1 to 60 bpm ± 1 bpm
Inspiratory Sensitivity 1P to 5 N/A
Exhalation Sensitivity 5 to 95% ± (4 lpm +10%) of target
exhalation flow based on E Sens
within 50ms
Vt Sigh Vt x1 to Vt x 2 ± (20 ml + 20%)
I:E 1:4 to 1:1 ± 50 ms or 10%, whichever is
greater
I/T 20% to 50% ± 50 ms or 10%, whichever is
greater
B.5 Monitored Parameters

Table B-9. Monitored Parameter Tolerances
Ventilator Parameters Tolerances

Peak Inspiratory Pressure (PIP) ± (2 mbar + 8%)
a
Positive End Expiratory Pressure (PEEP) ± (2 mbar + 8%)
Inspiratory Tidal Volume (VTI) ± (10 ml + 10%VTI)*Rate
Clinician’s Manual B-3

Specifications
Ventilator Parameters Tolerances

Exhalation Tidal Volume (VTE) ± (10 ml + 10%VTE)*VTE
Total Breath Rate (Rtot) ± 1 bpm
I:E Ratio (I:E) ± 50 ms or 10%, whichever is greater
I/T Ratio (I/T) ± 50 ms or 10%, whichever is greater
Inspiratory Time (I Time) ± 100 ms
Exhalation Time (E Time) ± 100 ms
Inspiratory Minute Volume (M VoI) ± (10ml + 10%)
Vt Sigh ± (20ml + 20%)
FIO2 ± (2.5% + 2.5% FIO2)
Leak ± (3 lpm + 20%)
Apnea Index (AI) ± 1 ev/h
Apnea Time ±1s
% Spontaneous (Spont) ±1%
a. The Puritan Bennett™ 560 Ventilator does not have the capability to reduce pressure below the PEEP pressure
during the exhalation phase.
B.6 Range, Resolution, and Accuracy

Table B-10 lists the ranges, resolutions, and accuracies for ventilator settings, alarm settings, and
patient data.
Table B-10. Ventilator Range, Resolution, and Accuracy
Ventilator Settings Range, Resolution, and Accuracy

Mode Range: V A/C, P A/C, V SIMV, P SIMV, PSV, CPAP
Resolution: N/A
Accuracy: N/A
Default value: P A/C
Tidal volume (Vt) Range: 50 mL to 2000 mL
Resolution: 10 mL
Accuracy: ± (10 ml + 10%) of setting
Default value: 500 mL
Depends on: Insp time, R-Rate in V SIMV and P SIMV
Depends on: Rate and I:E (I/T) in V A/C
Peak Inspiratory Pressure Range: 5 mbar to 55 mbar in valve configuration
(PIP) Range: 5 mbar to 30 mbar in leak configuration
Resolution: 1 mbar
Accuracy: ± (1 mbar + 10%) of P Control + PEEP setting
Default value: 15 mbar
Depends on PEEP when Relative Pressure is set to YES
Pressure control Range: 5 mbar to 55 mbar in valve configuration
(P Control) Range: 6 mbar to 30 mbar in leak configuration
Resolution: 1 mbar
Accuracy: ± (1 mbar + 10%) of P Control + PEEP setting

Specifications
Table B-10. Ventilator Range, Resolution, and Accuracy (Continued)

Pressure support Range: OFF or 5 mbar to 55 mbar in valve configuration
(P Support) Range: 6 mbar to 30 mbar in leak configuration
Resolution: 1 mbar
Accuracy: ± (1 mbar + 10%) of P Support + PEEP setting
I:E Ratio (I:E) Range: from 1:1 to 1:4
Resolution: 1/0.1 s
Accuracy: ± 50 ms or 10%, whichever is greater
Default value: 1/2
I/T Ratio (I/T) Range: 20% to 50%
Resolution: 1%
Default value: 33%
Inspiratory time (Insp Time) Range: 0.3 s to 2.4 s
Resolution: 0.1 s
Default value: 1.5 s
Depends on: R-Rate, Vt in V SIMV mode
Depends on: R-Rate in P SIMV mode
Respiratory rate (R-Rate) Range: 5 bpm to 60 bpm in V A/C and P A/C modes
1 bpm to 40 bpm in P SIMV and V SIMV modes
Resolution: 1 bpm
Accuracy: ± 1 bpm
Default value: 13
Depends on: Insp Time and Vt in V SIMV mode
Depends on: Insp Time in P SIMV modes
Depends on: Vt in V A/C mode
Inspiratory sensitivity (I Sens) Range: 1P-5
Resolution: 1
Accuracy: NA
Default value: 2
in CPAP, I Sens is set to 2 and is not adjustable
Exhalation sensitivity (E Sens) Range: 5% to 95% of peak flow
Resolution: 5%
Accuracy: ± (4 lpm +10%) of target exhalation flow based
on E Sens within 50ms
Default value: 25%
In CPAP, E Sens is fixed at 25% and is not adjustable.
Ramp (Flow Pattern) Range: Square (SQ), descending ramp (D), sinusoidal (S)
Resolution: N/A
Default value: Descending ramp (D)
In V SIMV, flow pattern is set to square and is not adjustable

Specifications

PEEP Range: OFF (0.5 mbar) to 20 mbar
Resolution: 1 mbar
Accuracy: ± (1 mbar + 10%) mbar
Default value: OFF
Depends on: PIP in P A/C and PSV modes when Relative
Pressure is set to YES
Depends on: P Support and P Control in P SIMV mode when
Relative Pressure is set to YES
Depends on: P Support in V SIMV mode when Relative
Pressure is set to YES
Rise time Range: 1-4
Resolution: 1
Default value: 2
Depends on: Insp time
Backup rate Range: OFF or 4-40 bpm
Resolution: 1 bpm
Default value: 13
Depends on: Min I time
In P SIMV and V SIMV, Backup rate = Max (8, R-Rate)
Apnea time Range: AUTO or 1-60 s
Resolution: 1 s
Default value: AUTO
Depends on: Backup R
In PSV, Apnea time: AUTO = 60/Backup R
In V SIMV or P SIMV, Apnea Time: AUTO = 12
In CPAP, Apnea Time: AUTO = 30
Minimum Inspired Tidal Volume Range: 30 mL to 1990 mL
(Min VTI) Resolution: 10 mL
Default value: 300
Depends on: Max VTI
Maximum Inspired Tidal Volume Range: 80 mL to 3000 mL
(Max VTI) Resolution: 10 mL
Default value: 2000 mL
Depends on: Min VTI
Minimum Exhaled Tidal Volume Range: 30 mL to 1990 mL
(Min VTE) Resolution: 10 mL
Default value: 300
Depends on: Max VTE
Maximum Exhaled Tidal Volume Range: 80 mL to 3000 mL
(Max VTE) Resolution: 10 mL
Default value: 1000
Depends on: Min VTE
Maximum Respiratory Rate Range: 10 bpm to 70 bpm
(Max Rtot) Resolution: 1 bpm
Default value: OFF
Depends on: R-Rate

Specifications

Minimum Peak Inspiratory Pressure Range: PIP- 20% (not adjustable in pressure breath)
(Min PIP) Range: 2-52 (in volume breath)
Resolution: N/A
Maximum Peak Inspiratory Pressure Range: PIP+ 20 % (not adjustable in pressure breath)
(Max PIP) Range: 12-60 (in volume breath)
Resolution: N/A
Minimum inspiratory time Range: 0.1 to 2.8 s
(Min I time) Resolution: 0.1 s
Default value: AUTO (Rise time + 300 ms)
Depends on: Max I Time, Backup R, Rise time
Maximum inspiratory time Range: 0.8 to 3 s
(Max I time) Resolution: 0.1 s
Default value: AUTO {Min [3 s; (30/R-Rate)]}
Depends on: Min I Time, R-Rate
Minimum Fraction of Inspired Oxygen Range: 18 to 90 %
(Min FIO2) Resolution: 1 %
Default value: OFF
Depends on: Max FIO2
Maximum Fraction of Inspired Oxygen Range: 30 to 100 %
(Max FIO2) Resolution: 1 %
Default value: OFF
Depends on: Min FIO2

Specifications
B.7 Environmental
The following environmental conditions shall be observed:
Table B-11. Environmental Conditions for Storage or Transport
Temperature Humidity Atmospheric Altitude
pressure
-40 °C to +70 °C 10% to 95% RH 500 hPa to 1060 hPa -152 m to 3964 m
(-40 °F to +158 °F) (7.2 psi to 15.4 psi) (500 ft to 13,000 ft)
Table B-12. Environmental Conditions for Operation

Temperature Humidity Atmospheric Altitude
pressure
+5 °C to 40 °C 10% to 95% RH 600 hPa to 1100 hPa -152 m to 3964 m
(+41 °F to 104 °F) (8.7 psi to 16.0 psi) (-500 ft to 13,000 ft)
Under extreme conditions of use that are beyond the recommendations above but within the limits
of a supply voltage of –20%, compared to the nominal temperature or the combination of a
temperature of 45 °C (113 °F) and humidity of 75% RH, the ventilator should not malfunction nor
endanger the user. However, operating the device for prolonged periods or repeatedly under such
extreme conditions could result in premature aging of components and more frequent
maintenance.
B.8 USB
Table B-13. USB Memory Device Specifications
Characteristics Supported formats

USB compatibility USB flash memory USB 2.0 or USB 1.1
Memory file format USB 32 bit format (sector size: 512 – 2,048 bytes)
Number of files Maximum 999
USB size 128 MB to 4 GB
Table B-14. Data Transfer Characteristics
Ventilator data description Capacity

Trends capacity 86 MB
Events capacity 512 KB or 5,500 events
Monitorings capacity 42 MB/ 48 hours

Specifications
B.9 Pneumatic
Table B-15. Airway Resistances
Inspiratory Exhalation
1.0 mbar at 30 lpm flow ± 0.1 mbar 0.5 mbar at 30 lpm ± 0.1 mbar
3.7 mbar at 60 lpm flow ± 0.1 mbar 1.1 mbar at 60 lpm ± 0.1 mbar
Table B-16. Patient Circuit Resistancesa
Adult Double Limb Pediatric Double Limb

 2 mbar at 60 lpm flowb  2 mbar at 30 lpm flow
a. Includes exhalation valve
b. Values obtained from the manufacturer’s directions for use.
Table B-17. Air Inlet Resistance (Filter)

1.1 cmH2O (1.079 mbar) at 30 lpm flow ± 0.1 cmH2O
Table B-18. Oxygen Inlet Specifications

Maximum pressure Maximum flow
50 kPa (7 psi) 15 lpm
Table B-19. Performance Specifications

Working Sound pressure Maximum Internal Inspiratory
pressure level pressure limit compliance triggering
(ventilator) response time (Ttr)
5 mbar – 30 dBA (per NF 60 mbar .0001 l/mbar 100 ms
55 mbar EN ISO 17510-1
test conditions)

Specifications
B.10 Manufacturer’s Declaration

The following tables, Table B-20 through Table B-23, contain the manufacturer’s declarations for
the ventilator’s electromagnetic emissions, electromagnetic immunity, and recommended
separation distances between the ventilator and portable and mobile RF communications
equipment, as well as a list of compliant cables.
Warning
Portable and mobile RF communications equipment can affect the performance of the
Puritan Bennett™ 560 Ventilator. Install and use this device according to the information
contained in this manual.
The ventilator should not be used adjacent to or stacked with other equipment, except as
specified in this manual. If adjacent or stacked use is necessary, the ventilator should be
observed to verify normal operation in the configurations in which it will be used.
Table B-20. Electromagnetic Emissions

The Puritan Bennett 560 Ventilator is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below.
The customer or the user of the ventilator should assure that it is used in such an environment.
RF emissions Group 1 The ventilator uses RF energy only
CISPR 11 / EN 55011 for its internal functions. Therefore,
its RF emissions are very low and are
not likely to cause any interference
in nearby electronic equipment.
RF emissions Class B The ventilator is suitable for use in all
CISPR 11 / EN 55011 establishments including domestic
establishments and those directly
Harmonic emissions Class A connected to the public low-voltage
IEC / EN 61000-3-2 power supply network that supplies
Voltage fluctuations/ Complies buildings used for domestic
flicker emissions purposes.
IEC / EN 61000-3-3

Specifications
Table B-21. Electromagnetic Immunity

The ventilator is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. The customer or the user of the
ventilator should ensure that it is used in such an environment.
Electromagnetic
Immunity Test IEC / EN 60601 Test Level Compliance Level Environment–Guidance
Electrostatic discharge ± 6 kV contact ± 6 kV contact Floors should be wood,
(ESD) concrete, or ceramic tile. If
IEC / EN 61000-4-2 ± 8 kV air ± 8 kV air floors are covered with
synthetic material, the relative
humidity should be at least
30%.
Electrical fast ± 2 kV for power supply ± 2 kV for power supply AC power (“mains”) quality
transient/burst lines lines should be that of a typical
IEC / EN 61000-4-4 commercial or hospital
± 1 kV for input/output ± 1 kV for input/output environment.
lines lines
Surge ± 1 kV lines/lines ± 1 kV lines/lines AC power (“mains”) power
IEC / EN 61000-4-5 quality should be that of a
± 2 kV lines/earth ± 2 kV lines/earth typical commercial or hospital
environment.
Voltage dips, short < 5% UT < 5% UT AC power (“mains”) power
interruptions and (> 95% dip in UT for (> 95% dip in UT for quality should be that of a
voltage variations on 0.5 cycle) 0.5 cycle) typical commercial or hospital
power supply input environment. If the user of the
lines ventilator requires continued
40% UT 40% UT operation during power mains
IEC / EN 61000-4-11
(60% dip in UT for 5 cycles) (60% dip in UT for 5 cycles) interruptions, it is
recommended that the
ventilator be powered from an
70% UT 70% UT uninterruptible power supply
(30% dip in UT for (30% dip in UT for or a battery.
25 cycles) 25 cycles)
< 5% UT < 5% UT
(> 95% dip in UT for 5 s) (> 95% dip in UT for 5 s)
Power frequency 3 A/m 3 A/m Power frequency magnetic
(50/60 Hz) fields should be at levels
magnetic field characteristic of a typical
IEC/ EN 61000-4-8 location in a typical
commercial or hospital
environment.
Note:
UT is the AC mains voltage prior to application of the test level.

Specifications
Table B-22. Electromagnetic Immunity – Conducted and Radiated RF

The ventilator is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. The customer or the user of the
ventilator should assure that it is used in such an environment.
IEC / EN 60601-1-2 Electromagnetic Environment–
Immunity Test Compliance Level
Test Level Guidance
Portable and mobile RF
communications equipment should
be used no closer to any part of the
ventilator, including cables, than the
recommended separation distance
calculated from the equation
applicable to the frequency of the
transmitter.
Recommended separation
distance
Conducted RF 3 Vrms 3 Vrms
IEC / EN 61000-4-6 150 kHz to 80 MHz 150 kHz to 80 MHz
outside ISM bandsa outside ISM bands d =0.35√P
10 Vrms 10 Vrms
inside ISM bandsa inside ISM bands d=1.2√P
Radiated RF 10 V/m 80 MHz to 10 V/m 80 MHz to d=1.2√P 80 MHz to 800 MHz

IEC / EN 61000-4-3 2.5 GHz 2.5 GHz
d =2.3√P 800 MHz to 2.5 GHz
where P is the maximum output

power rating of the transmitter in
watts (W) according to the
transmitter manufacturer and d is
the recommended separation
distance in metres (m)b.
Field strengths from fixed RF

transmitters, as determined by an
electromagnetic site surveyc, should
be less than the compliance level in
each frequency ranged.
Interference may occur in the vicinity

of equipment marked with the
following symbol:

Specifications
Table B-22. Electromagnetic Immunity – Conducted and Radiated RF (Continued)
Note:
• At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the higher frequency range applies.
• These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and
reflection from structures, objects, and people.
a
The ISM (industrial, scientific, and medical) bands between 150 kHz and 80 MHz are 6.765 MHz to 6.795 MHz; 13.553 MHz to 13.567 MHz;
26.957 MHz to 27.283 MHz; and 40.66 MHz to 40.70 MHz.
b
The compliance levels in the ISM frequency bands between 150 kHz and 80 MHz and in the frequency range 80 MHz to 2.5 GHz are intended to
decrease the likelihood that mobile/portable communications equipment could cause interference if it is inadvertently brought into patient areas. For
this reason, an additional factor of 10/3 is used in calculating the recommended separation distance for transmitters in these frequency ranges.
c
Field strengths from fixed transmitters, such as base stations for radio (cellular/cordless) telephones and land mobile radios, amateur radio, AM and FM
radio broadcast and TV broadcast cannot be predicted theoretically with accuracy. To assess the electromagnetic environment due to fixed RF
transmitters, an electromagnetic site survey should be considered. If the measured field strength in the location in which the ventilator is used exceeds
the applicable RF compliance level above, the Puritan Bennett™ 560 Ventilator should be observed to verify normal operation. If abnormal performance
is observed, additional measures may be necessary, such as reorienting or relocating the Puritan Bennett 560 Ventilator.
d
Over the frequency range 150 kHz to 80 MHz, field strengths should be less than 10 V/m.
Table B-23. Recommended Separation Distances

The ventilator is intended for use in an electromagnetic environment in which radiated RF disturbances are controlled.
The customer or the user of the ventilator can help prevent electromagnetic interference by maintaining a minimum
distance between portable and mobile RF communications equipment (transmitters) and the ventilator as
recommended below, according to the maximum output power of the communications equipment.
Separation Distance According to Frequency of Transmitter
Rated Maximum 150 kHz to 80 MHz 150 kHz to 80 MHz 80 MHz to 800 MHz to
Output Power of (outside ISM bands) (in ISM bands) 800 MHz 2.5 GHz
Transmitter (W)
d=0.35 √P d= 1.2 √P d = 1.2 √P d = 2.3 √P
0.01 0.035 m 0.12 m 0.12 m 0.23 m
0.1 0.11 m 0.38 m 0.38 m 0.73 m
1 .35 m 1.2 m 1.2 m 2.3 m
10 1.1 m 3.8 m 3.8 m 7.3 m
100 3.5 m 12 m 12 m 23 m
For transmitters rated at a maximum output power not listed above, the recommended separation distance d in metres
(m) can be determined using the equation applicable to the frequency of the transmitter, where P is the maximum
output power rating of the transmitter in watts (W) according to the transmitter manufacturer.
Note:
• At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the separation distance for the higher frequency range applies.
• The ISM (industrial, scientific, and medical) bands between 150 kHz and 80 MHz are 6.765 MHz to 6.795 MHz;
13.553 MHz to 13.567 MHz; 26.957 MHz to 27.283 MHz; and 40.66 MHz to 40.70 MHz.
• An additional factor of 10/3 is used in calculating the recommended separation distance for transmitters in the
ISM frequency bands between 150 kHz and 80 MHz and in the frequency range 80 MHz to 2.5 GHz to decrease
the likelihood that mobile/portable communications equipment could cause interference if it is inadvertently
brought into patient areas.
• These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and
reflection from structures, objects, and people.

Specifications
Table B-24. Compliant Cables and Accessories
Cable or Accessory Maximum length

UK AC power cable assembly 1.8 m (5.9 ft)
Japan AC power cable assembly 1.8 m (5.9 ft)
China AC power cable assembly 1.8 m (5.9 ft)
South Africa AC power cable assembly 1.8 m (5.9 ft)
India AC power cable assembly 1.8 m (5.9 ft)
Australia AC power cable assembly 1.8 m (5.9 ft)
Europe AC power cable assembly 1.8 m (5.9 ft)
Canada AC power cable assembly 1.8 m (5.9 ft)
Nurse call cable 5 m (16.4 ft)
12V DC car adapter cable 5 m (16.4 ft)
Oxygen inlet connector –
B.11 Standards Compliance and IEC Classification

General Standards
• Medical Electrical Equipment: General Requirements for Safety IEC 60601-1:1990 and EN
60601-1:1990 and all its amendments up to 1995.
• The ventilator will be constructed to comply with the following product Classifications as
detailed in Clause 5 of 60601-1:
• Class II Equipment
• Internally Powered Equipment
• Type BF Applied Parts
• IP31 with respect with respect to access to hazardous parts and ingress of moisture
• Not suitable for use in the presence of flammable anesthetic mixtures
• Not suitable for sterilisation
• Suitable for continuous operation
• Detachable power supply cable
• Supplement No. 1-94 to CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 601.1-M90 - Medical Electrical Equipment -
Part 1: General Requirements for Safety.
• UL 60601-1 Medical Electrical Equipment - Part 1: General Requirements for Safety: 2003.
Collateral Standards
• Medical Electrical Equipment - Part 1: General Requirements for Safety -2- Collateral
standard Electro-Magnetic Compatibility requirements and tests IEC 60601-1-2:2007 and
EN 60601-1-2: 2007.
standard: Programmable Electrical Medical Systems IEC 60601-1-4:2000 and EN 60601-1-
4:2004.
standard: Usability IEC 60601-1-6:2006 and EN 60601-1-6:2007.
• General Requirements, tests and guidance for alarm systems in medical electrical equipment
and medical electrical systems IEC 60601-1-8:2003 and EN 60601-1-8:2007.

Specifications
Particular Standards
• Lung Ventilators for Medical Use- Particular Requirements for Basic Safety and Essential
Performance Part 2: Home Care Ventilators for Ventilator-Dependent Patient EN ISO10651-
2:2009.
• Lung ventilators for medical use – Particular requirements for basic safety and essential
performance – Part 2: Home care ventilators for ventilator – dependent patients YY 0600.2-
2007 (ISO 10651-2:2004, MOD).
• Medical electrical equipment – Part 2: Particular requirements for the safety of lung
ventilators – Critical care ventilators GB 9706.28-2006 (IEC / EN 60601-2-12:2001, MOD).
• Anesthetic and respiratory equipment - Conical connectors - Part 1: Cones and sockets
EN ISO 5306-1:2004.
Air Transportation Standards

• Environmental Conditions and Test Procedures for Airborne Equipment - RTCA/DO-
160:2007.


C Theory of Operation
C.1 Architecture
The Puritan Bennett™ 560 Ventilator’s gas delivery system is primarily composed of an airflow
generator and a three-way valve to control the patient circuit exhalation valve. The flow generator
is a low-inertia, micro-turbine driven by a brushless DC electric motor, while the three-way valve is a
proportional solenoid valve.
These two actuators are microprocessor-controlled and perform according to specific control
algorithms. The microprocessor control circuit receives its data from the various servo-controlled
pressure and feedback flow sensors that are built into the ventilator.
An electrical supply management system performs the energy conversions necessary for operation
and switching between the available power sources and the regulated load of the internal battery.
A cooling fan helps maintain the proper operating temperature range for the internal environment
of the ventilator. This fan is servo-controlled to maintain the proper temperature for the most heat-
sensitive of the ventilator’s components.
C.2 Operation
The operation of the device is based on a self-adapting, closed loop drive system. The speed of the
flow generator (turbine) is servo-controlled according to the patient pressure signal or the inspired
flow signal.
The turbine speed control algorithms themselves are based on equations that vary according to the
ventilation modes, settings, and the respiratory cycle phases. Thus, fixing the pressure rise time or
flow pattern has an influence on the level of turbine acceleration at the start of the inspiration
phase. The transition between the inspiration phase and expiration phase is controlled by a
deceleration or braking algorithm proportional to the pressure difference between the two phases.
The exhalation solenoid valve (three-way valve) is fully closed during the inspiratory phase and is
proportionally controlled during the exhalation phase to obtain the bias flow. The speed of the
turbine adapts to the exhalation pressure threshold during the entire exhalation phase to maintain
the operator-set PEEP.
The flow measurement completes the system by enabling detection of patient inspiratory effort
and the triggering of inspiration phases. The flow measurement can also be used to determine the
end of the inspiration phase in certain ventilation modes.
The flow measurement is automatically corrected as a function of the atmospheric pressure
measured inside the ventilator with the Altitude Compensation feature1. The flow and volume are
in Body Temperature Pressure Saturated (BTPS) conditions. This necessitates that periodic
inspections for calibrating the sensors be performed by maintenance technicians authorised by
Covidien (refer to the Puritan Bennett 560 Ventilator Service Manual).
If the Altitude Compensation feature is active, a corrective algorithm is applied to the inspiration
and exhalation flow for volume calculation and the flow set point in volume breath.
1. The Altitude Compensation feature is enabled (set to “YES” on the Setup Screen) by default and should
remain at this setting.
Theory of Operation
The sensor measurement range is software limited from 600 to 1100 hpa.
A cooling fan is provided to maintain the internal temperature of the ventilator within specified
limits and to help ensure proper performance and longevity of the device.
Finally, the various measurement signals used in control and detection are protected and specifically
filtered in order to limit any risk of disturbance to the device and possible problem.
Figure C-1 for an illustration of the ventilator’s gas delivery system.
Figure C-1. Gas Delivery System
C-2 Clinician’s Manual

D Modes and Breath Types
D.1 Modes of Ventilation

This chapter is a general description of the various modes of ventilation and breath types available
with the Puritan Bennett™ 560 Ventilator.
Note:
The default ventilation mode setting is P A/C; for more information, see below.
D.1.1 Assist/Control (A/C) Modes

When set to an Assist/Control mode, machine-initiated breaths are delivered at a clinician-set
volume or pressure, inspiratory time, and rate. If the patient triggers a spontaneous breath
between machine breaths, the ventilator will deliver a breath based on the volume or pressure
settings and inspiratory time.
Whether initiated by the patient or the ventilator, all breaths are delivered at the same preset
volume or pressure and inspiratory time.
The names of the Assist/Control modes are:
• V A/C, if the breaths are based on a volume setting
• P A/C, if the breaths are based on a pressure setting
D.1.2 SIMV Modes

When set to a SIMV (Synchronised Intermittent Mandatory Ventilation) Mode, machine-initiated
breaths are delivered at a clinician-set volume or pressure, inspiratory time, and rate. These
mandatory breaths are synchronised with patient effort. If the patient triggers a spontaneous
breath between machine breaths, the ventilator will deliver a spontaneous breath, which is
pressure-supported.
CPAP spontaneous breaths are not available in SIMV modes.
The names of the SIMV modes are:
• V SIMV, if mandatory breaths are based on a volume setting
• P SIMV, if mandatory breaths are based on a pressure setting
D.1.3 CPAP Mode

In CPAP, the ventilator maintains a constant level of pressure in the patient’s airway.
D.1.4 PSV Mode

PSV mode maintains a constant level of pressure in the patient’s airway during exhalation. In addition,
the ventilator applies a clinician-set pressure (Pressure Support) to each of the patient’s breaths. This
has the same benefits as CPAP, with the additional benefit of assisting the patient in moving gas into
his or her lungs.
Modes and Breath Types
D.2 Breath Types

Breath types available from the ventilator are:
• Volume controlled breaths in Assist/Control mode (in V A/C or V SIMV)
• Pressure controlled breaths in Assist/Control mode (in P A/C or P SIMV)
• Pressure-supported breaths in SIMV mode (V SIMV and P SIMV) or PSV
• CPAP
D.2.1 Volume Breaths in Assist/Control Mode

In V A/C each delivered breath will be of the selected volume (Vt), delivered over the selected
inspiratory time (calculated with R Rate and I:E (I/T) ratio). Inspiration is triggered by patient-
generated flow (for assisted breaths) or by the ventilator. For controlled breaths, breath rate
(R-Rate) is the controlling parameter. For both controlled and assisted breaths, the inspiration is
limited by the volume and is cycled by inspiratory time (Insp Time).
The shape of the flow waveform can be either a decelerated (D), a (SQ) square, or sinusoidal (S)
flow patterns according to the Flow Pattern setting:
Start of Inspiration End of Inspiration Start of Inspiration End of Inspiration

Airway Airway
Pressure Pressure
Flow Flow
Volume
Volume
Time Time
A/C mode guarantees a maximum period between breaths, as determined by the Breath Rate
setting. In the waveform below, the ventilator delivers a controlled (machine) breath, and calculates
the time before another controlled breath must be delivered. The ventilator delivers a second
controlled breath at the conclusion of the machine calculated breath time (for simplicity, we will
use the term period for “machine-calculated breath time“). Following the second controlled
breath, but before another period can elapse, the patient's effort triggers an assisted (or patient-
initiated) breath. This restarts the period. At the conclusion of the period, the ventilator delivers
another controlled breath.
D-2 Clinician’s Manual

Period Period Period

Airway
Pressure
Machine breath Machine breath Patient Initiated Breath Machine breath

Time
D.2.2 Pressure Control Breaths in Assist/Control Mode

In Assist/Control mode (P A/C), each delivered breath will maintain the selected pressure (P Control)
maintained over the selected inspiratory time (calculated with R Rate and I:E (I/T) ratio). Inspiration
is triggered by patient-generated flow (for assisted breaths) or by the ventilator (for controlled
breaths; breath rate [R-Rate] is the controlling parameter). For both controlled and assisted breaths,
the inspiratory pressure is limited to the pressure (P Control) setting, and is cycled by time.
The shape of the pressure waveform depends on the setting of the pressure rise time (Rise Time).
Start of Inspiration End of Inspiration Start of Inspiration End of Inspiration
Airway Airway
Pressure Pressure
Flow Flow
Time Time
P A/C mode guarantees a maximum period between breaths, as determined by the Breath Rate
setting. In the next waveform (shown on the following page), the ventilator delivers a controlled
(machine) breath, and calculates the time before another controlled breath must be delivered. The
ventilator delivers a second controlled breath at the conclusion of the machine calculated breath
time (for simplicity, we will use the term period for “machine-calculated breath time“). Following
the second controlled breath, but before another period can elapse, the patient's effort triggers an
assisted (or patient-initiated) breath. This restarts the period. At the conclusion of the period, the
ventilator delivers another controlled breath.
Period Period Period

Airway
Pressure
Machine breath Machine breath Patient Initiated Breath Machine breath

Time
Clinician’s Manual D-3

D.2.3 Volume Breaths in V SIMV Mode

In V SIMV the mandatory volume breaths deliver the selected volume (Vt) over the selected
inspiratory time (Insp Time). Inspiration is triggered by patient-generated flow (for assisted breaths)
or by the ventilator (for controlled breaths; breath rate [R-Rate] is the controlling parameter). For
both controlled and assisted breaths, the inspiration is limited by the volume and is cycled by
volume and time.
The shape of the flow of volume cycles is of the Square type. See the waveforms below.
Start of Inspiration End of Inspiration

Airway
Pressure
Flow
Volume
Time
SIMV mode will also deliver pressure supported breaths (refer to the description for Pressure
supported breaths). The SIMV mode is a combination of mandatory volume breaths and pressure
supported breaths. The alternation between them is determined by the setting of breath rate
(R-Rate) or period.
In addition, the back up rate will enable the ventilator to ventilate in the case of patient apnea. The
back up rate is equal to the maximum between 8 and the breath rate (R-Rate). The “controlled“
cycles following an apnea event will be volume cycles. These cycles end as soon as a new
inspiration trigger is detected.
When the patient triggers a breathing effort, the volume and pressure cycles alternate between each
other according to the breath rate setting (R-Rate). All the cycles are synchronised on inspiration
triggers. A period always includes a volume cycle, plus as many pressure cycles as have been triggered
by the patient; beyond the period the following inspiration trigger will initiate a new volume cycle,
and so forth. Refer to the waveforms on the following page.

Airway
Pressure
Flow
D.2.4 Pressure Supported Breaths in SIMV and PSV Modes

In P SIMV (or Synchronised) and PSV modes, the supported breaths maintain the selected pressure
(P Support). Inspiration is triggered by patient-generated flow. The inspiration is terminated when
inspiratory flow drops to the Exhalation Sensitivity (E Sens) setting.
In P SIMV, additional mandatory pressure breaths will be delivered, dependent on the selected
Breath Rate (Rate).
The shape of the pressure waveform depends on the setting of the pressure rise time (Rise Time).
Refer to the waveforms shown below.
End of Inspiration End of Inspiration

Airway Airway
Pressure Pressure
Time
Flow Flow
25%
50%
Time
Clinician’s Manual D-5

D.2.5 CPAP
In Continuous Positive Airway Pressure (CPAP) the ventilator maintains pressure at the selected
PEEP over the entire breath cycle. Inspiration is triggered by patient-generated flow. Inspiration is
limited by the pressure and is cycled by the patient when inspiratory flow drops to the Exhalation
Sensitivity threshold (E Sens = 25%). Refer to the waveforms shown below.
Start of Inspiration End of Inspiration

Airway
Pressure
Flow
D.3 Ventilation Modes and Apnea

In SIMV mode with apnea time (Apnea Time) settings, the ventilator will sound an APNEA alarm if
no patient effort occurs during the apnea time. During an APNEA alarm, the ventilator delivers
breaths at a breath rate (backup rate) equal to the maximum of eight (8) and the breath rate
setting (R-Rate). If the patient initiates a spontaneous breath, the ventilator will stop the controlled
breaths and return to the previous operating parameters.
In PSV mode, the back-up rate is activated so that the ventilator will automatically begin to deliver
breaths at the breath rate (Backup R) setting if no patient effort occurs for the Apnea Time setting.
The pressure during a back-up breath is equal to the Pressure Support (P Support) setting before
the apnea condition began. If the patient initiates a spontaneous breath while the back-up rate is
in effect, the ventilator will return to the previous operating parameters.
In CPAP, a backup rate is not set, but the operator must still set an apnea time (Apnea Time). In that
case, the ventilator will sound an APNEA alarm if no breath is triggered by the patient in the apnea
time; however, no back up breaths will be generated.

E Operational Verification Checklist
The operational verification and safety checks listed in Table E-1 below should be performed to
ensure the ventilator is operating properly in the following circumstances:
• Prior to using the ventilator with a patient
• Monthly while the ventilator is in use
• Following maintenance or changes in ventilator settings
If the ventilator fails any of the safety checks below, or if you cannot complete these checks, refer
to section 5.8, “Troubleshooting,” on page 5-13 or call the equipment supplier or Covidien (refer
to section 10.5, “Service Assistance,” on page 10-8).
Warning
Provide the patient with an alternate means of ventilation before conducting these tests.
To reduce the risk of infection, wash your hands thoroughly before and after handling the
Table E-1. Operational Verification Checklist
1 Verify the proper appearance and cleanliness of the ventilator. Pass
2 Verify all of the labels and markings on the ventilator are clear and legible. Pass
3 Confirm the air inlet filter is clean and correctly installed. Pass
4 Ensure the AC power cable does not exhibit any signs of damage, such as kinks, Pass
breaks, or damaged insulation.
5 Connect the AC power cable. Pass

Ensure that all power supply indicators on the front panel flash, except for the AC
power supply (mains) indicator, which should remain lit.
6 Push the power switch I/O to the I position to activate the ventilator test: Pass
Check that the two alarm indicators and the Standby indicator (located close to
the VENTILATOR ON/OFF key) flash. Ensure also that the two alarm buzzers
sound.
7 Perform the Functioning Alarms Test (refer to Appendix F, “Alarms Tests”). Pass
8 Verify the alarm volume is adapted to the patient environment. Refer to section Pass
7.3, “Preferences Menu Parameters,” on page 7-10 for instructions on changing
the alarm volume setting.
9 Verify that the preventive maintenance schedule for the ventilator is followed. Pass
Refer to chapter 10, “Routine Maintenance”.
10 Ensure the patient breathing circuit is correctly attached to the ventilator, with all Pass
the necessary components, and is free from any signs of damage and leaks. If
exhaled volume monitoring is required, use the double-limb circuit for exhaled
tidal volume monitoring.
E-2 Clinician’s Manual

F Alarms Tests
Before connecting the ventilator to the patient, perform the following tests to ensure the
ventilator‘s alarms are working properly.
Warning
Do not perform ventilator alarm tests while the patient is connected to the ventilator. Provide
the patient with an alternate means of ventilation before conducting these tests.
If the ventilator fails any alarm test or if you cannot complete these tests, see the
Troubleshooting section (refer to chapter 5, “Alarms and Troubleshooting”) of this manual or
call your equipment supplier or Covidien (refer to section 10.5, “Service Assistance,” on
page 10-8).
The setting of the Min PIP alarm must be adjusted for the patient, but must also be set high
enough to allow the PATIENT DISCONNECTION alarm to trigger properly. Perform the Low
Pressure Test (refer to section F.1, “Low Pressure Test,” on page F-1) to ensure the Min PIP alarm
is properly set.
Note:
Most of these tests require that an approved patient circuit be connected to the ventilator. Ensure that
your patient circuit is properly connected prior to performing these tests.
F.1 Low Pressure Test

Warning
The setting of the Min PIP alarm must be adjusted for the patient, but must also be set high
enough to allow the PATIENT DISCONNECTION alarm to trigger properly. Perform the following
test to ensure the Low PIP alarm is properly set.
1. Before proceeding, set the ventilation and alarm parameters specified by the patient’s clinician
and specify a single or dual circuit setup.
2. Press the VENTILATION ON/OFF key to start ventilation.
3. Keep the patient‘s end of the breathing circuit open and allow ventilation to continue.
4. Wait for (Apnea Time + 2 seconds; Apnea time is not always 5 seconds), then ensure that:
• the High priority indicator (red colour) lights up
• the “PATIENT DISCONNECTION” alarm is displayed
• the audible alarm sounds
5. Press the ALARM CONTROL key once to silence the alarm.
6. Press and hold the VENTILATION ON/OFF key for three (3) seconds, then release it. Press
the VENTILATION ON/OFF key again to confirm stop. The ventilator will switch to Standby mode
and cancel the alarms.
Alarms Tests
F.2 Apnea Test

Apnea breaths only apply in PSV, CPAP and SIMV modes.
1. Connect the patient end of the patient circuit to a test lung.
2. Verify that the pressure tube of the patient circuit is properly connected to the appropriate
fitting on both the ventilator and the proximal pressure port (refer to section 6.4, “Patient
Circuit,” on page 6-6).
The ventilator will deliver a mandatory breath. Before the second mandatory breath is delivered,
verify that the following events occur:
• the Medium priority indicator (yellow colour) illuminates
• the “APNEA“ alarm is displayed
• an audible alarm sounds
4. Press the ALARM CONTROL key twice to reset the alarm.
the VENTILATION ON/OFF key again to confirm stop.
F.3 Power Failure Test

Note:
If the ventilator is operating on either the external power supply or the internal battery, you must plug it in
to an AC power source before beginning this test.
1. Disconnect the ventilator from its AC power supply. Ensure that the following events occur:
• the Medium priority indicator (yellow colour) illuminates
• the “AC POWER DISCONNECTION“ alarm activates
• the DC POWER indicator illuminates if the DC power source is connected; otherwise, the
INTERNAL BATTERY indicator illuminates
2. Press the ALARM CONTROL key twice to reset the alarm.
3. Reconnect the ventilator to its AC power supply.
F.4 Occlusion Test

Note:
Occlusion testing can only be done in Pressure modes.
1. When using a single limb circuit do the following:

3. Block the exhalation port on the exhalation valve of the patient circuit. Refer to Figure F-1 on
page F-3.
F-2 Clinician’s Manual

Alarms Tests
Figure F-1. Blocking the Patient End of a Single Limb Circuit

5. Allow the ventilator to deliver three (3) consecutive breaths. At the beginning of the fourth
breath, ensure that the following events occur:
• the High priority indicator (red colour) illuminates
• the “Occlusion“ alarm activates
6. Press the ALARM CONTROL key to silence the alarm.
7. Unblock the exhalation port.
• The alarm is cancelled.
F.5 High Pressure Test

1. Set the ventilator to V A/C mode and set the following parameter values:
• Vt: 250 ml
• PEEP: OFF
• Flow Pattern: D
• R-Rate: 30 bpm
• I:E: 1/4 or I/T: 20%
• Insp Sens: 3
• High Pressure Alarm: 12 mbar
• Low Pressure Limit must be 4 or lower
2. Connect the patient end of the patient circuit to a Maquet™* test lung.
5. Allow the ventilator to deliver three (3) consecutive breaths. At the beginning of the fourth
breath, ensure that:
• the High priority indicator (red colour) illuminates
• the HIGH PRESSURE ALARM activates.
Clinician’s Manual F-3

Alarms Tests
6. Press the ALARM CONTROL key once to silence the alarm.

7. Set the High Pressure parameter value to 40 mbar.
• The alarm is cancelled.
F.6 Testing the Battery

The ventilator is capable of testing the power of the battery (refer to chapter 8, “Internal Battery”).
You can determine which power source the ventilator is using by checking the power indicator,
located on the top panel. The indicator light will be lit to indicate which power source is currently
available.
1. Disconnect the AC power supply cable and the DC power cable (if it is connected) from the
ventilator.
• a POWER DISCONNECTION alarm will trigger.
2. Press the ALARM CONTROL key twice to pause the alarm. Ensure that the following
events occur:
• the INTERNAL BATTERY indicator to the upper-left of the display illuminates
• the BATTERY symbol is displayed at the top of the screen (along with its reserve capacity)
3. Connect the AC (mains) power supply. Ensure that the following events occur:
• the AC POWER indicator to the upper-left of the display illuminates
• the indicator to the upper-left of the display is flashing, which indicates that the battery is
charging (this only occurs if the ventilator has run on battery power long enough to lose
enough charge that the charger will turn on)
• the BATTERY to the upper-left of the display symbol is no longer displayed at the top of
the screen
F.7 Involuntary Stop Test

To verify proper functioning of the Very High Priority audible alarm, perform the following.
2. Set the I/O switch to the O (off) position to power-down the ventilator during ventilation.
Ensure that the following events occur:
• An audible alarm sounds continuously.
• The ventilator turns off. There should be no alarm indicators illuminated and no alarm
messages displayed.
3. Press the ALARM CONTROL key once to silence the audible alarm.
F-4 Clinician’s Manual

G Unpacking and Preparation
The Puritan Bennett™ 560 Ventilator is delivered with the following items:
(1) Printed User's Manual (language as requested by the customer)
(1) Clinician's Manual on CD (a print copy is available upon request by the customer)
(1) Patient circuit and valve
(1) Set of six (6) combination foam/fine particle air inlet filters
(1) Carrying bag
(1) Oxygen connector
(1) AC power cable
Warning
Users must always possess an additional circuit and valve while using the Puritan Bennett 560
Ventilator.
To minimise the risk of damage, you must use the Dual Bag to transport the Puritan Bennett 560
Ventilator. Refer to Figure G-2.
To unpack and prepare the ventilator, follow the steps below.

1. From the plastic bag, remove the following:
• Plastic pocket containing the Clinician’s Manual.
• The ventilator and its components and/or accessories.
2. Remove the patient circuit, the AC (“Mains”) power cable, and the set of fine-particle air inlet
filters.
3. Inspect the ventilator and ensure that:
• the ventilator’s outer casing and the I/O switch’s protective cover do not have any dents or
scratches, which may indicate possible damage.
• the ventilator’s labels and markings are clear and legible.
• the AC power cable does not exhibit any signs of damage, such as kinks, breaks, or cuts.
Warning
Never use a ventilator or any components or accessories that appear to be damaged. If any
signs of damage are evident, contact your equipment supplier or Covidien.
4. Clean the ventilator with a mild soap solution, if necessary (refer to chapter 9, “Cleaning”).
5. Ensure that the air inlet filter is installed.
Unpacking and Preparation
Figure G-1. Puritan Bennett™ 560 Ventilator
Figure G-2. Dual Bag
G-2 Clinician’s Manual

H Parts and Accessories
Table H-1 provides a list of accessories that are available for the Puritan Bennett™ 560 Ventilator.
To order parts or accessories, contact your equipment supplier or Covidien representative.
Note:
The ventilator is delivered with the following items: a printed User’s Manual, a CD with Clinician’s Manual
(printed copy available upon request); one patient circuit with valve; one set of six (6) combination
foam/fine particle air inlet filters; one carrying bag; one O2 connector; and one AC power cable.
Table H-1. List of Consumables and Accessories
Description
Carrying bag (grey)
Oxygen inlet connector
Ventilator Cart
Dual Bag (blue or pink)
delivered with:
Backpack Padded Straps, 2 ea.
Suspension belt
Carrying belt
Warning
To minimise the risk of damage, you must use the ventilator’s Dual Bag to
transport the ventilator. See Figure G-2 on page G-2.
AC (mains) power cable

DC power cable (for connection to an external DC power source, such as a car 12 volt
DC outlet)
Nurse call cable (5 metres)
Exhalation block, single-patient use (blue)
Inlet air combi-filter, fine (pack of 6)
Note:
This is the “foam plus fine particle” filter listed in Table 10-1, Consumables and
Replacement Intervals, on page 10-7.
Internal battery
External battery
FIO2 measurement kit
FIO2 sensor
2-way and 3-way DAR™ valves
Parts and Accessories
Table H-1. List of Consumables and Accessories
Description
DAR™ Inspiratory Bacteria Filters
Electrostatic Filter, Large (formerly Barrierbac)
Electrostatic Filter, Small (formerly Barrierbac S)
Electrostatic Filter; Small, Angled Port (formerly Barrierbac S Angled)
Adult-Pediatric Electrostatic Filter HME, Large (formerly Hygrobac)
Adult-Pediatric Electrostatic Filter HME, Small (formerly Hygrobac S)
Adult-Pediatric Electrostatic Filter HME; Small, Angled Port (formerly Hygrobac S
Angled)
Infant-Pediatric Electrostatic Filter HME, Small (formerly Hygroboy)
Adult-Pediatric Mechanical Filter HME, Large (formerly Hygroster)
Adult-Pediatric Mechanical Filter HME, Compact (formerly Hygroster Mini)
Mechanical Filter, Large (formerly Sterivent)
Mechanical Filter, Compact (formerly Sterivent S)
Mechanical Filter, Small (formerly Sterivent Mini)
Adult-Pediatric HME (formerly Hygrolife II)
Table H-2 provides a list of consumable parts available for the ventilator.
Warning
To ensure proper performance of the ventilator, use a patient circuit recommended by Covidien
ventilator outlet to the ventilator inlet is 1.1 metres (3.6 ft) to 2.0 metres (6.6 feet). The tubing
patients, and a corrugated tube of Ø 15 mm for pediatric patients with a tidal volume lower
than 200 ml.
Table H-2. List of Circuits
Description Part Number

DAR™ Double limb patient circuit with exhalation valve, 5094000
180 cm, PVC, ADULT
DAR™ Double limb patient circuit with exhalation valve, 5093900
180 cm, PVC, PEDIATRIC
DAR™ Single limb patient circuit with exhalation valve, 5093600
180 cm, PVC, ADULT
DAR™ Single limb patient circuit with exhalation valve, 5093500
180 cm, PVC, PEDIATRIC
DAR™ Single limb patient circuit without exhalation 5093300
valve, 180 cm, PVC, ADULT
DAR™ Single limb patient circuit without exhalation 5093100
valve, 180 cm, PVC, PEDIATRIC
For more information regarding parts and accessories for the Puritan Bennett™ 560 Ventilator
contact your service representative or www.puritanbennett.com.
H-2 Clinician’s Manual

I Glossary
AC Power
Alternating current.
Alarm Pause
The audible and visual alarms cease and the symbol appears. The symbol will remain until the
cause of the alarm is addressed. For example, when the ventilator is running on internal battery,
the AC Disconnection alarm may be paused, and the alarm paused symbol will appear until the
device is plugged into AC. The paused alarm will be captured in the alarm log screen and can be
reactivated.
Alarm Reset
Used only for the High Pressure alarm, this function resets the visual alarm message.
Apnea
The absence of breathing or a breathing pattern capable of supporting an individual's respiratory
needs.
AI – Apnea Index
The Apnea index is average number of apnea events per hour of ventilation. It is based on the
Apnea Alarm.
Apnea Time
Time allowed between breath starts before APNEA alarm occurs when no patient effort is
detected.
Assist/Control
In Assist/Control mode, the ventilator delivers an assisted breath of a set volume or set pressure
when the patient's breathing effort creates a flow or pressure drop that is greater than the
SENSITIVITY setting. In absence of patient breathing effort, the ventilator will deliver a controlled
breath of the set volume or pressure. (Does not apply in PSV/CPAP mode).
Assisted Breath
A volume or pressure breath triggered by the patient but then controlled and terminated by the
ventilator.
Audio Pause
Pauses the audible alarm for 60 seconds at a time and shows the symbol; often referred to as
“Alarm Silence.”
Back Up Rate
Rate of control cycles in PSV or SIMV modes during apnea phase.
Glossary
Battery Level
Display of the remaining battery capacity; located adjacent to the battery symbol.
Bias flow
Turbine flow during exhalation phase through the patient circuit to avoid rebreathing.
bpm
An abbreviation for “breaths per minute,” which is the unit of measure for breath rate (see below).
Breath Rate (Back Up R)

The total number of breaths, both machine and spontaneous, delivered by a ventilator in one
minute.
Caregiver
An individual who assists a patient with the tasks of daily living. This may be a family member, a
live-in assistant, or the nursing staff of a health care facility.
cmH2O
An abbreviation for “centimetres of water,” which is a unit of measure for pressure.
CPAP (Continuous Positive Airway Pressure)

Continuous airway pressure maintained throughout a spontaneous breath cycle.
Controlled breath
A volume or pressure breath triggered, controlled and terminated by the ventilator.
DC Power
Direct current.
Double Limb Patient Circuit

Patient circuit with a tube between the ventilator gas outlet and the patient for inspiratory gas and
another tube between the patient and the exhalation block for exhalation gas.
Exhalation Block
Part of the ventilator that allows the connection of the exhalation limb of the patient circuit. The
exhalation block is for single-patient use only.
Exhalation Phase
Phase of the breath cycle during which the patient exhales.
Exhaled Tidal Volume (VTE)

Exhaled volume measured for all breath types through the exhalation block. Monitored value
available only with double limb patient circuit.
Exhalation Sensitivity
The exhalation sensitivity (E Sens) level is a percentage of peak flow at which a pressure-supported
breath will be terminated.
Exhalation Tidal Volume (VTE)

Volume exhaled by the patient at each exhalation phase.
I-2 Clinician’s Manual

Glossary
Fraction of Inspired Oxygen (FIO2)

Amount of oxygen delivered to the patient.
FIO2 Sensor
The sensor which measures the amount of oxygen being delivered to the patient.
Flow
Volume of gas delivered by the ventilator compared to time, expressed in litres per minute (lpm).
Flow Pattern (Ramp Setting)

This is the flow distribution shape during the inspiration phase. There are three flow patterns
available: Square waveform or constant flow, Decelerated (sawtooth waveform) or decreasing flow
and Sinusoidal flow.
Freeze
Interruption of the waveform plot tracing on the ventilator’s display.
hPa
An abbreviation for “hectopascal“ which is a unit of measure for atmospheric pressure.
I:E ratio
Inspiratory time versus exhalation time ratio.
Inspiratory Phase
Phase of the breath cycle during which the patient inspires.
Inspiratory Sensitivity (I Sens)

Level of inspiratory effort the patient has to provide during the initiation of a machine breath. The
sensitivity levels (from 1P to 5) correspond to differences in flow compared to the bias flow. Level
1P is the most sensitive (for a pediatric use) and requires the least effort to trigger a breath. Level 5
requires the most amount of effort to trigger a breath.
Inspiratory Tidal Volume (VTI)

Volume delivered to the patient at each inspiratory phase.
I Time (Inspiratory Time)

Inspiratory time measure.
Intentional Vent Stop Alarm

Intentional Ventilation Stop Alarm – Ventilation has been switched off by the user / caregiver and
the ventilator is in stand-by.
I/T Ratio
Inspiratory time versus total breath time ratio.
L
litres (a unit of volume).
Clinician’s Manual I-3

Glossary
Leak
When ventilating with a double limb circuit in leak configuration, it is the average parasitic leak
during each cycle and over the past 24 hour period. When ventilating with a single limb circuit
there is no average leak.
LED
Light Emitting Diode; used as indicator lights on the ventilator’s front panel.
lpm
Litres Per Minute (a unit of volume flow rate).
Machine Hours
Counter for the total ventilation time since manufacture or the last CPU board change.
Mains
AC power supply.
Max Leak
The maximum alarm setting of a high leakage threshold. An alarm will be triggered in the event the
calculated leakage is exceeded.
Max Rtot (Total breath rate)

The maximum alarm setting to prevent hyperventilation or ventilator autotriggering. The HIGH
RATE alarm will be triggered if the total breath rate exceeds the maximum limit set.
Max P (Maximum Inspiration Pressure)

reach the target tidal volume (Vt Target).
Mbar
An abbreviation for “millibar“ which is a unit of measure for atmospheric pressure.
Mean Airway Pressure

Average patient pressure during each breath.
Minimum Exhalation Time

Minimum exhalation time before allowing the patient inspiratory trigger.
Minimum Inspiratory Time

Minimum inspiratory time before allowing the patient to exhale.
M Vol (Minute Volume)

Flow delivered at each breath to the patient is measured by the inspiratory flow sensor and that
measurement is used to calculate minute volume (Vt x Rtot)
P A/C (Pressure Assist /Control)

A ventilator mode which provides machine-initiated breaths delivered at a clinician-set pressure,
inspiratory time, and rate.
Patient Breath
Breathing cycle initiated by the patient.

Glossary
Patient Counter
Counter of ventilation time for the patient.
Patient effort
Inspiratory effort initiated by the patient.
Patient circuit
Tubing between the ventilator and the patient.
Pause
Waveforms freezing function.
PAW (Peak Airway Pressure)

The Peak Airway Pressure is the average peak pressure during the inspiratory phase, measured by
each cycle and over the previous 24 hour period.
Peak Inspiratory Pressure (PIP)

The highest pressure measured in the patient circuit during the inspiration phase.
Positive End Expiratory Pressure (PEEP)

Pressure in the patient circuit at the end of expiration.
Pressure Control (P Control)

Augmentation of the patient's ventilation synchronously with inspiratory effort until a preset
pressure is met. Pressure is maintained throughout patient inspiratory flow, and is cycled to
expiration by time (controlled by the selected Inspiratory Time setting). Used in Assist/Control
mode.
Pressure Support (P Support)

Augmentation of the patient’s ventilation synchronously with inspiratory effort until a preset
pressure is met. Pressure is maintained until inspiratory flow is reduced to a percentage of peak
flow that depends on the exhalation sensitivity setting for the inspiration, when the ventilator
cycles into exhalation. Available in SIMV or Spontaneous modes.
PSI
Pounds Per Square Inch.
PSV (Pressure Support Ventilation)

Pressure support ventilation.
Rebreathing
The patient breathes his/her exhaled gas.
Respiration rate
The number of breath cycles (inspiration + expiration) completed within one minute. Normal
resting adult respiratory rates are from 12 – 20 breaths per minute (bpm).
Rise Time
This determines how the target pressure will be reached, and indirectly defines the minimum
inspiration time.
Clinician’s Manual I-5

Glossary
Rtot
Parameter measured by the ventilator equal to the total number of breaths per minute (bpm).
Sensitivity
This adjustable parameter determines the amount of inspiratory effort required by the patient
before the ventilator delivers an assisted breath, or demands flow in the case of a spontaneous
breath.
The Puritan Bennett™ 560 Ventilator is flow-triggered, with sensitivity levels in the range from 1 to
5: the lower the number, the more sensitive the trigger.
Sigh
A sigh is an increased volume of gas delivered to the patient at a set rate. i.e. every 50 breaths.
Spont Cyc (Spontaneous Cycling)

This is the percentage of ventilation cycles initiated by the patient over the previous 24 hour period.
Spontaneous
A ventilation mode that delivers assisted breaths only. Spontaneous mode does not provide breaths
if the patient does not make an inspiratory effort greater than the sensitivity settings and there is
no apnea backup rate.
Standby
The operational mode of the ventilator where it is powered (power supply I/O button set to the
I position), but is not ventilating the patient.
SIMV (Synchronised Intermittent Mandatory Ventilation)

A ventilator mode which provides a mechanism for synchronising the ventilator-delivered breaths
with a patient's inspiration, as detected by the ventilator.
Tidal volume (Vt)

Volume of gas delivered to the patient in a breath.
Unfreeze
Resumption of the waveform plot tracing on the ventilator’s display.
V A/C (Volume Assist / Control)

A ventilator mode which provides machine-initiated breaths are delivered at a clinician-set volume
inspiratory time, and rate.
Vent Time (Ventilation Time)

The ventilation duration data is based on the patient counter and shows the total ventilation time
in hours and minutes over the previous 24 hour period.
Volume breath
Inspiration of the selected volume, delivered over the selected inspiratory time.

Index
A DEVICE FAULT10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9, 5-17
AC power DEVICE FAULT11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9, 5-17
connecting to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2 DEVICE FAULT12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9, 5-17
indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5 DEVICE FAULT13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9, 5-17
AC power cable DEVICE FAULT3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9, 5-16
disconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4 DEVICE FAULT5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9, 5-16
securing to ventilator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3 DEVICE FAULT7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9, 5-16
AC POWER DISCONNECTION alarm message DEVICE FAULT9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9, 5-17
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7, 5-14 E SENS FAULT OR CIRC LEAK . . . . . . . 5-9, 5-17
Accessories EMPTY BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9, 5-17, 8-4
cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2 EXH VALVE LEAKAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9, 5-17
Dual Bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-18 FIO2 SENSOR MISSING. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9, 5-18
Air circulation (Warning) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3, 6-1 HIGH FIO2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10, 5-18
Air inlet filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-11 HIGH INT TEMP COOL VENT . . . . . . . 5-10, 5-18
replacement interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7 HIGH LEAKAGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10, 5-19
replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6 HIGH PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10, 5-20
Air inlet filter, replacing (figure). . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6 HIGH RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10, 5-20
Air outlet (antibacterial) filter HIGH VTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10, 5-19
replacement interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7 HIGH VTI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10, 5-20
Air transport HIGH/LOW BATTERY TEMP . . . . . . . . . 5-9, 5-19
air transport (warning) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-1 INSP FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10, 5-20
Air transportation standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-15 INTENTIONAL VENT STOP . . . . . . . . . 5-10, 5-21
rules for carry on baggage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-1 KEYPAD FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11, 5-21
use on commercial aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1 LOW BATTERY . . . . . . . . . 1-4, 5-11, 5-21, 8-4
Alarm levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1 LOW FIO2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11, 5-21
Alarm Logs menu LOW VTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11, 5-22
dismissing automatically . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4 LOW VTl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11, 5-22
dismissing manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4 NO PROXIMAL LINE2. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11, 5-22
Alarm messages OCCLUSION CHECK CIRCUIT . . . . . . 5-11, 5-23
AC POWER DISCONNECTION . . . . . . . 5-7, 5-14 PATIENT DISCONNECTION . . . . . . . . 5-12, 5-23
APNEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7, 5-14 POWER FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12, 5-23
BATTERY FAULT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7, 5-14, 8-4 POWER SUPPLY LOSS . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12, 5-23
BATTERY FAULT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7, 5-14 PRES SENS FLT1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12, 5-23
BUZZER FAULT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7, 5-14 PROX SENS FLT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12, 5-23
BUZZER FAULT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7, 5-14 REMOVE VALVE CPAP MODE . . . . . . 5-12, 5-23
BUZZER FAULT3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7, 5-14 REMOVE VALVE OR CHANGE PRES . . 5-12, 5-23
BUZZER FAULT4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7, 5-14 SOFTWARE VERSION ERROR . . . . . . . 5-12, 5-24
BUZZER LOW BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7, 5-14 TURB OVERHEAT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13, 5-24
CALIBRATE FIO2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7, 5-14 UNKNOWN BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13, 5-24
CALIBRATION FAIL . . . . . . . . . . 5-8, 5-15, 10-3 VALVE MISSING CONNECT VALVE . . 5-13, 5-24
CHECK BATTERY CHARGE . . . . . . . . . 5-8, 5-15 VTI NOT REACHED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13, 5-24
CHECK EXH VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8, 5-15 Alarm parameters
CHECK EXH VALVE PRESSURE . . . . . . 5-8, 5-15 CPAP Mode Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
CHECK FIO2 SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8, 5-15 P A/C Mode Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
CHECK PROXIMAL LINE1 . . . . . . . . . . 5-8, 5-16 P SIMV Mode Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
CHECK REMOTE ALARM . . . . . . . . . . 5-8, 5-16 PSV Mode Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
CHECK SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8, 5-16 V A/C Mode Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
CONNECT VALVE OR CHANGE PRESS. 5-8, 5-16 V SIMV Mode Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
CONTROLLED CYCLES . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9, 5-16 Alarm tests
COOLING FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9, 5-16 Apnea test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-2
DC POWER DISCONNECTION . . . 5-9, 5-16, 6-5 Involuntary stop test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-4
Clinician’s Manual Index-1

Index
Alarm thresholds reserve capacity display, ventilation running

and linked Ventilation parameters. . . . . . . . .7-21 (figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Alarms reserve capacity display, ventilation stopped
Calibration Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3 (figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
display of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2 reserve capacity, displayed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Level of priority. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1 symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Logs menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3 Beep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5, 10-3
menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8 Blocking an alarm threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
NO DATA message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3 Breath types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-2
overview of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7 Breathing Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
re-activating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6 BUZZER FAULT1 alarm message. . . . . . . . 5-7, 5-14
resetting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5 BUZZER FAULT2 alarm message. . . . . . . . 5-7, 5-14
setting parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-22 BUZZER FAULT3 alarm message. . . . . . . . 5-7, 5-14
silencing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4 BUZZER FAULT4 alarm message. . . . . . . . 5-7, 5-14
tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-1 BUZZER LOW BATTERY alarm message . . 5-7, 5-14
thresholds, blocking when linked to a ventilation
parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-23 C
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13 CALIBRATE FIO2 alarm message. . . . . . . . 5-7, 5-14
volume, setting of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-13 Calibrating
Alarms and troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1 exhalation flow sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
Alarms tests Calibrating the FIO2 sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
continuing pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-2 Calibration Fail alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
high pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-3 CALIBRATION FAIL alarm message. 5-8, 5-15, 10-3
low pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-1 Capacity of the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
power failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-2 Carbon dioxide
Alarms, utilisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1 risk of inhalation and suffocation . . . . 1-1, 7-30
Alarms, ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1 Carrying bag, ventilator (figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-1
Altitude compensation feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1 Changing ventilation modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Antibacterial filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-11 CHECK BATTERY CHARGE alarm message 5-8, 5-15
Apnea CHECK EXH VALVE alarm message . . . . . 5-8, 5-15
and Backup Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25, 3-26 CHECK EXH VALVE PRESSURE alarm message . . 5-8,
and ventilation modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-6 5-15
APNEA alarm message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7, 5-14 CHECK FIO2 SENSOR alarm message . . . . 5-8, 5-15
Apnea alarm test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-2 CHECK PROXIMAL LINE1 alarm message . 5-8, 5-16
Apnea Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4, 3-8, 3-20, 3-26 CHECK REMOTE ALARM alarm message . 5-8, 5-16
Audible alarms CHECK SETTINGS alarm message . . . . . . 5-8, 5-16
silencing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4 Classification of device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Cleaning
B accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Back panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5 exhalation block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Backlight, display solutions and products, approved . . . . . . . . . 9-2
setting of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-11 ventilator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Backup R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4 Clinician
Backup Rate responsibilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
and R-Rate setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24, 3-25 CONNECT VALVE OR CHANGE PRESS alarm
Bar chart, pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1 message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8, 5-16
Bargraph display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6 Connecting to
Battery AC power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
heat safety device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4, 6-2 DC power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
BATTERY FAULT1 alarm message . . 5-7, 5-14, 8-4 oxygen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
BATTERY FAULT2 alarm message . . . . . . 5-7, 5-14 oxygen supply (figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
Battery, internal the oxygen supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-1 Consumables
indicator, front panel (figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3 replacement intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2 Continuing pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-2
Contraindications
Index-2 Clinician’s Manual

Index
against use of ventilator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2 Erase Data, USB Memory Device . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Contrast (display), setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-12 EXH VALVE LEAKAGE alarm message . . . 5-9, 5-17
CONTROLLED CYCLES alarm message . . 5-9, 5-16 Exhalation block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Cooling fan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1 cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
COOLING FAN alarm message . . . . . . . . 5-9, 5-16 replacement interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
CPAP mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-7 Exhalation flow sensor
CPAP Mode Menu calibrating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
Alarm parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-7 Expired Tidal Volume (VTE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
D F
DC power FAA requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
cable Faults, technical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
connecting to ventilator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5 Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
disconnecting from ventilator . . . . . . . . . . .6-5 air inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
connecting to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4 antibacterial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
DC POWER DISCONNECTION alarm message . . 5-9, FIO2 . . . . . . . . . . 3-6, 3-9, 3-13, 3-17, 3-22, 3-28
5-16, 6-5 oxygen and ventilator settings. . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
Device classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3 FIO2 sensor
DEVICE FAULT10 alarm message. . . . . . . 5-9, 5-17 calibrating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
DEVICE FAULT11 alarm message. . . . . . . 5-9, 5-17 calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
DEVICE FAULT12 alarm message. . . . . . . 5-9, 5-17 FIO2 SENSOR MISSING alarm message . . . 5-9, 5-18
DEVICE FAULT13 alarm message. . . . . . . 5-9, 5-17 Fraction of Inspired Oxygen . 3-6, 3-9, 3-13, 3-17,
DEVICE FAULT3 alarm message. . . . . . . . 5-9, 5-16 3-22, 3-28
DEVICE FAULT5 alarm message. . . . . . . . 5-9, 5-16 Freeze function
DEVICE FAULT7 alarm message. . . . . . . . 5-9, 5-16 Freezing a waveform trace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
DEVICE FAULT9 alarm message. . . . . . . . 5-9, 5-17 Front panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Digital monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1
Display G
of alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2 Gas delivery system (diagram) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-2
setting the backlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-11
setting the contrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-12
showing waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-15
H
waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6 Heat safety device, battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4, 6-2
Display Waveforms parameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-15 HIGH FIO2 alarm message . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10, 5-18
Display, bargraph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6 HIGH INT TEMP COOL VENT alarm message . . 5-10,
Displayed parameters 5-18
monitored . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4 HIGH LEAKAGE alarm message . . . . . . . 5-10, 5-19
Dual bag (accessory) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-18 HIGH PRESSURE alarm message. . . . . . . 5-10, 5-20
Dual Bag (figure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18, G-2 High pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-3
HIGH RATE alarm message . . . . . . . . . . 5-10, 5-20
HIGH VTE alarm message . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10, 5-19
E HIGH VTI alarm message . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10, 5-20
E Sens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4 HIGH/LOW BATTERY TEMP alarm message5-9, 5-19
exhalation sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26 Holes, air circulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3, 6-1
E Sens exhalation sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21 Hot surfaces
E SENS FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17 ventilator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
E SENS FAULT OR CIRC LEAK alarm message . . .5-9 Humidifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Electrical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-1
Electromagnetic compatibility
and mobile/portable communications equipment
I
6-2 I Sens . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3, 3-8, 3-12, 3-16, 3-20
Electromagnetic emissions I Sens Inspiratory Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
and use of accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2 I Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21, 3-26
EMPTY BATTERY alarm message . . . 5-9, 5-17, 8-4 I:E (I/T) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Environment I/O switch (figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
suitable for use of ventilator . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1 I/T (I:E) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Environmental specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-8 Ignition sources (warning) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

Index
Indications for use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1 M

Indicator Machine counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
VENT STDBY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2 Maintenance
Indicator and alarm specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .B-3 configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Indicators option
AC power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5 reserved for service personnel . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
INTERNAL BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2, 8-5 schedule, recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
Inhalation port closeup (figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-9 Manufacturer’s declaration specifications . . . . B-10
INSP FLOW alarm message . . . . . . . . . . 5-10, 5-20 Markings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10, 1-14
Insp Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20, 3-25 Max Leak. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6, 3-8, 3-13
Inspiratory Sensitivity. . . . . . . . . . 3-12, 3-16, 3-20 Max P (Maximum Inspiration Pressure). . . . . . . . 3-5
Inspiratory Tidal Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6, 3-8 Max P (Maximum inspiration pressure). . . . . . . 3-12
Inspiratory trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4 Max Rtot . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6, 3-8, 3-13, 3-22, 3-28
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-1 Maximum inspiration pressure . . . . . . . . . 3-5, 3-12
placing the ventilator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-1 Menu
Installation and Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-1 alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
INTENTIONAL VENT STOP alarm message5-10, 5-21 Preferences, parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Internal battery ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
charging (Warning). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2, 8-5 waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9, 4-6
maintenance (none required) . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8 Min/Max I Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
recharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-4 Modes
replacement interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8 ventilation
storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5 setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
test interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8 Modes of Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1
testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-4, F-4 Monitored parameters
INTERNAL BATTERY indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5 displayed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Involuntary stop test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-4 Waveform menu (figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Monitoring, digital. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
K
Key sound N
setting of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-13 NO DATA message, Alarm Logs screen . . . . . . . 5-3
Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6 NO PROXIMAL LINE2 alarm message . . . 5-11, 5-22
locking of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-28 Notes
unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-29 definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
KEYPAD FAULT alarm message . . . . . . . 5-11, 5-21 Nurse Call cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
Keys Nurse call system
VENTILATION ON/OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2 connecting the cable to the ventilator . . . . . 6-20
L O
Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14 OCCLUSION CHECK CIRCUIT alarm message. . 5-11,
Linked ventilation parameters 5-23
setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-21 OCCULSION CHECK CIRCUIT alarm message. . 5-23
Liquids Operational verification checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . E-1
avoid ingress into ventilator (Warning) . . . . . .1-3 Operator/Users
Locking key targeted for use of ventilator. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
disabling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-29 O-ring, oxygen coupler (Caution). . . . . . . 1-9, 6-15
enabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-28 Oxygen
Locking Key and SETUP menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3 connecting the supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Locking the keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-28 connector stud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9, 6-15
Logs menu disconnecting the supply from the ventilator 6-16
alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3 enrichment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
LOW BATTERY alarm message1-4, 5-11, 5-21, 8-4 rear panel connector (figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
LOW FIO2 alarm message . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11, 5-21 special coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9, 6-14, 6-15
Low pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-1 supply connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
LOW VTE alarm message . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11, 5-22 using medical-grade only (Warning) . . 1-9, 6-14
LOW VTl alarm message . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11, 5-22

Index
P PSV mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

P A/C mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-9 Apnea Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
P A/C Mode Menu Backup R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Alarm parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10 Expired Tidal Volume (VTE) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
P Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19 Fraction of Inspired Oxygen (FIO2) . . . . . . . 3-6
P SIMV mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18 Inspiratory Tidal Volume (VTI) . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
P SIMV Mode Menu Inspiratory Trigger Sensitivity (I Sens) . . . . . 3-3
Alarm parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19 Max Leak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
P Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2, 3-19, 3-24 Max P (Maximum Inspiration Pressure) . . . 3-5
Parameter values Max Rtot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
unavailable (display) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4 Min/Max Inspiration Time (Min I Time/Max I
Parameters Time) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
alarms, setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-22 Positive End Expiratory Pressure (PEEP) . . . 3-3
ventilation Pressure Support (P Support). . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
modifying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-20 Rise Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
setting of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-20 VT Target (Target Tidal Volume) . . . . . . . . 3-5
Parameters, operating PSV mode Exhalation sensitivity (E Sens)
CPAP mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-7 Exhalation Sensitivity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Apnea Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8 V A/C mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Fraction of Inspired Oxygen (FIO2). . . . . . . .3-9 Expired Tidal Volume Control (VTE) . . . . . 3-17
Inspiratory Tidal Volume (VTI) . . . . . . . . . . .3-8 Flow Shape (Ramp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Inspiratory Trigger Sensitivity (I Sens) . . . . .3-8 Fraction of Inspired Oxygen (FIO2) . . . . . . 3-17
Max Leak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8 I Sens (Inspiratory Sensitivity). . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Max Rtot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8 I:E (I/T) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Positive End Expiratory Pressure (PEEP) . . . .3-8 Peak Inspiratory Pressure (PIP) . . . . . . . . . 3-16
P A/C mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-9 Positive End Expiratory Pressure (PEEP) . . 3-15
Expired Tidal Volume (VTE) . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13 Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Fraction of Inspired Oxygen (FIO2). . . . . . .3-13 Sigh rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
I Sens (Inspiratory Sensitivity) . . . . . . . . . .3-12 Sigh VT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
I:E (I/T) Cycling rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12 Volume Control (Vt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Inspiratory Tidal Volume (VTI) . . . . . . . . . .3-13 V SIMV mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23, 3-26
Max Leak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13 Apnea Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Max Rtot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13, 3-17, 3-28 E Sens
Peak inspiratory pressure (PIP). . . . . . . . . .3-11 exhalation sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Positive End Expiratory Pressure (PEEP) . . .3-11 Expired Tidal Volume (VTE) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Respiratory Rate (Rate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-11 Fraction of Inspired Oxygen (FIO2) . . . . . . 3-28
Rise Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-11 I Sens
VT Target (Target Tidal Volume) . . . . . . . .3-12 Inspiratory Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
P A/C mode Max P (Maximum inspiration pressure) I Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12 Inspiratory Tidal Volume (VTI) . . . . . . . . . 3-27
P SIMV mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18 Inspiratory Time (Insp Time). . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Apnea Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-20 Peak Inspiratory Pressure (PIP) . . . . . . . . . 3-27
E Sens Positive End Expiratory Pressure (PEEP) . . 3-25
exhalation sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . .3-21 Pressure Support (P support) . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Expired Tidal Volume (VTE) . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22 Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Fraction of Inspired Oxygen (FIO2). . . . . . .3-22 Rise Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
I Sens (Inspiratory Sensitivity) . . . . . . . . . .3-20 Volume Control (Vt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
I Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21 VT Target (Target Tidal Volume) . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Inspiratory Tidal Volume (VTI) . . . . . . . . . .3-22 Parts and accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-1
Inspiratory Time (Insp Time) . . . . . . . . . . .3-20 Patient
Max Rtot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22 outlet port connections (figure) . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Positive End Expiratory Pressure (PEEP) . . .3-19 Patient circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Pressure Control (P Control) . . . . . . . . . . .3-19 attaching to ventilator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Pressure Support (P support). . . . . . . . . . .3-19 choosing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Respiratory rate (Rate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-20 double limb, connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Rise Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21 installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
length and internal volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10

Index
replacement interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7 REMOVE VALVE CPAP MODE alarm message . 5-12,
single limb, connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7, 6-9 5-23
Patient counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2 REMOVE VALVE OR CHANGE PRES alarm message .
PATIENT DISCONNECTION alarm message . . . 5-12, 5-12, 5-23
5-23 Repairing the ventilator
Patient hours qualified personnel only (Warning) . .10-1, 10-6,
changing the setting of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-8 10-7
Patient/Caregiver Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 Replacement intervals
Patients air inlet filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
targeted for use of ventilator . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1 air outlet (antibacterial) filter . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
Peak inspiratory flow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4, 3-21 consumables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
Peak inspiratory pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-11 exhalation block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
PEEP . . . . . . . . . 3-3, 3-8, 3-11, 3-15, 3-19, 3-25 patient circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
Performance specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-3 Replacing
Physical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-1 air inlet filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
PIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11, 3-16, 3-27 Resetting alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Placing the ventilator (installing) . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-1 RESTART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Pneumatic specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-9 Rise Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3, 3-11, 3-21, 3-26
Positive end expiratory pressure . . . . . . . . . . . .3-11 Risk of fire (warning) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Power failure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-2 Rtot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
POWER FAULT alarm message . . . . . . . 5-12, 5-23
Power On Self Test (POST). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2 S
POWER SUPPLY LOSS alarm message . . 5-12, 5-23 Safety
Precautions for use onboard alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
electromagnetic interference . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10 Service assistance information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
Precautions for use, cautions Setting ventilation parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
general . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10 Setup Configuration
installation SETUP menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10 SETUP screen
maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10 changing parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Precautions for use, warnings screen shot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
general . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1 Sigh Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
installation Sigh VT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
electrical power supplies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3 SOFTWARE VERSION ERROR alarm message . . 5-12,
maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10 5-24
oxygen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10 Specifications
settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10 electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1
Preference menu environmental. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-8
changing the settings in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-11 indicators and alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3
displaying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10, 7-24 manufacturer’s declaration . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-10
PRES SENS FLT1 alarm message. . . . . . . 5-12, 5-23 performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3
Pressure bar chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1 physical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1
Principles of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1 pneumatic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-9
Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24 range, resolution, and accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . B-4
PROX SENS FLT2 alarm message . . . . . . 5-12, 5-23 standards compliance and IEC classification. B-14
PSV mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1 ventilator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1
PSV Mode Menu Standards, compliance, and IEC classification
Alarm parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2 specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-14
Starting ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
R Stopping ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Ramp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15, 3-26 Storing the internal battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Range, resolution, and accuracy specifications . .B-4 Stud, oxygen connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9, 6-15
Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15, 3-20, 3-25
Rate (Respiratory Rate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-11 T
Reactivating alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6 Target Tidal Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Recharging the internal battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-4 Target tidal volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5, 3-12

Index
Technical faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1 modifying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20

Test tube (figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-1 setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Testing setting when linked to alarm thresholds . . . 7-21
internal battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-4, F-4 setting when linked to other parameters . . . 7-21
Transfer continuously, USB Memory Device . . . .7-25 V SIMV Mode Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Transfer Trends USB Memory Device . . . . . . . . .7-26 Ventilator
Transport, emergency architecture of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1
ventilator not intended for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2 carrying bag (figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-1
Trigger threshold setting cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
modifying (Caution) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3 connecting the nurse call cable . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
Troubleshooting connections, proper (warning). . . . 1-3, 6-1, 6-6
alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13 failure of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
other problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24 filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
TURB OVERHEAT alarm message. . . . . . 5-13, 5-24 mounting on a wheelchair . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Turning off the ventilator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-31 operation (description of) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1
Turning on the ventilator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1 parts and accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-1
patient outlet port connections (figure) . . . . . 6-9
U potentially hot surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
Unfreeze function principles of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1
Unfreezing a waveform trace . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7 specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1
UNKNOWN BATTERY alarm message . . 5-13, 5-24 symbols and markings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Unlocking the keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-29 turning off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
Unpacking and preparing the ventilator . . . . . . G-1 turning on. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
USB Memory Device unpacking and preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-1
Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-24 Ventilator, and liquid ingress (Warning) . . . . . . . 1-3
Erase Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-27 Volume, alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-24 Vt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15, 3-24
Supported formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-24 VT Target . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Transfer continuously . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-25 VT Target (Target Tidal Volume). . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Transfer Trends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-26 VTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6, 3-13, 3-17, 3-22, 3-28
USB Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-24 VTI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6, 3-8, 3-13, 3-22, 3-27
USB Menu parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-24 VTI NOT REACHED alarm message. . . . . 5-13, 5-24
V W
V A/C mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14 Warnings
V A/C Mode Menu definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
alarm parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14 general list of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
V SIMV mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23 ventilator-dependent patients . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
V SIMV Mode Menu Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preface-xi
Alarm parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24 Waveform menu
Ventilation parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23 monitored parameters (figure). . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
VALVE MISSING CONNECT VALVE alarm message Waveform tracing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13, 5-24 Freezing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
VENT STDBY indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2 unfreezing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Ventilation Waveforms
menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7 display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6, 7-15
starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-29 menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9, 4-6
stopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-30 Welcome Menu screen
Ventilation modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2, D-1 display of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
and apnea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-6 skipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
changing during ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-17 Wheelchair
changing while on standby . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-17 mounting the ventilator onto . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-16
VENTILATION ON/OFF key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2
Ventilation parameters
digital monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1

Index
This page intentionally blank

Part No. 10071962 Rev B 03/2012
COVIDIEN, COVIDIEN with logo and Covidien logo are U.S.

and/or internationally registered trademarks of Covidien AG.
™* Trademark of its respective owner.

Other brands are trademarks of a Covidien company.
©2012 Covidien.
Covidien llc,
15 Hampshire Street, Mansfield, MA 02048 USA.
Covidien Ireland Limited,
IDA Business & Technology Park,Tullamore.
www.covidien.com [T] 1-800-635-5267

Puritan Bennett 560 302188388-Service-Manual PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Puritan Bennett 560 302188388-Service-Manual PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Puritan Bennett 560 302188388-Service-Manual PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Clinician’s Manual

To obtain information about a warranty, if any, contact Covidien Technical Services at

1 Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–1

2 Ventilator Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–1

4 Monitored Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–1

5 Alarms and Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–1

6 Installation and Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–1

7 Operating Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–1

7.10 Starting Ventilation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–29

8 Internal Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–1

10 Routine Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10–1

A Patient/Caregiver Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–1

C Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C–1

D Modes and Breath Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–1

Clinician’s Manual iii

D.2.1 Volume Breaths in Assist/Control Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–2

E Operational Verification Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E–1

F Alarms Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F–1

G Unpacking and Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G–1

H Parts and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H–1

Figure 1-1. Locations of Labels – Top-Front View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–15

Figure 5-4. Alarm Logs Display when No Alarm Activated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–3

Figure 7-22. Modifying Alarm Parameters – Min Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–22

Clinician’s Manual vii

viii Clinician’s Manual

Table 1-1. Ventilator Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–10

Table B-19. Performance Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B–9

Purpose of This Manual

For online technical support, visit the SolvITSM

Technical Service Contacts:

xii Clinician’s Manual

Technical Service Contacts:

Clinician’s Manual xiii

xiv Clinician’s Manual

General Warnings Regarding Use

• The ventilator must not be used with flammable anesthetic substances.

• A ventilator-dependent patient should always be monitored by trained and competent medical

• When an alarm condition is triggered, or there is evidence of a patient-ventilator fault or

Warnings Regarding Installation and Environment of Use

• Regularly clean the ventilator’s Dual Bag according to manufacturer’s recommendations.

1-2 Clinician’s Manual

Warnings Regarding Electrical Power Supplies

Clinician’s Manual 1-3

• Batteries should be disposed of according to environmental legislation in your country and

• Never expose any batteries to direct flame.

Warnings Regarding Hoses and Accessories

• The patient circuit should not be changed during ventilation.

• Single Use accessories should not be reused.

1-4 Clinician’s Manual

Clinician’s Manual 1-5

Warnings Regarding Settings:

1-6 Clinician’s Manual

Warnings Regarding USB Memory Device

Warnings Regarding Maintenance

Clinician’s Manual 1-7

1-8 Clinician’s Manual

Warnings Regarding Oxygen

Clinician’s Manual 1-9

Warnings Regarding Electromagnetic Interference